RESTRICTED

INDEX

Ser Code Subject Page

No No
PART- I : GEN
1. Gen - 1 MMG ki visheshtaen 1
2. Gen - 2 MMG Amn aur Fire ki Visheshtaen 6
3. Gen - 3 MMG ke liye Documents 15
4. Gen - 4 MMG Weapon Pit 29
5. Gen - 5 MMG Sec Ke Liye Load Table 34
6. Gen - 6 7.62mm MAG-58 ke DA Template ki Banawat 43
PART- II : MECHANICAL HANDLING
1. M-1 Gun aur Tripod Ka Aam Bayan 49
2. M-2 Chal -I 58
3. M-3 Chal –II 61
4. M-4 Chal –III 64
5. M-5 Sight Unit 102A/B ka Aam bayan 69
6. M-6 Crew Served Weapon Sight 73
7. M-7 Zeroing and Harmonizing 79
PART- III : EQUIPMENT MGT
1. EM-1 Gun Aur Chhote Purzon ko Kholna aur Jorna 87
2. EM-2 Safai 93
PART- IV : GUN DRILL
1. GD – 1 Saman Lagana, Sthan Lena, Nirikshan aur Report 99
2. GD - 2 Mount Gun 102
3. GD - 3 Bharna, Khali Karna, Action aur Fire Samapt 106
4. GD - 4 Clear Gun aur Sthan Clear 110
5. GD - 5 Lay Karna Aur Fire Karna 112
6. GD – 6 Barrel Ki Badli 116
7. GD – 7 Target ko Register Karna 117
8. GD - 8 Register Kiye Hue Tgt Ko Engage Karna 120
12 GD - 9 Controlled Correction 131
10. GD - 10 Roken aur Turant Upay -I 127
11. GD - 11 Roken aur Turant Upay -II 131
12. GD – 12 Manushya Dwara Thori Dur Tak Bojh Uthana 133
13. GD - 13 Raat Ke Samay Gunon Ki Badli 136
PART- V : FIRE CONTROL
1. FC - 1 Fire Control Ke Aam Niyam Aur Aadesh 139
2. FC- 2 Unchai 143
3. FC - 3 Range Table 147
4. FC - 4 Bayan aur Pehchan 149
5. FC -5 Fire Ki Dekhbal, Rg aur Darj Karna 154

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
ii

6. FC -6 All Target 159

7. FC -7 Harkati Tgt 168
8. FC -8 Flanking Fire Aur Fixed Line 171
9. FC – 9 Range Card 179
10. FC -10 Gunon Ko Samantar Karna aur Raat ke Fire karna 182
11. FC -11 102A/B
Fire Control Chart 188
PART –V : BATTLE HANDLING
1. BH-1 Fauji Tac Shabdon Ka Matlab 196
2. BH-2 Fire Base aur MMG Sec ke Ilaqe Ki Recce 202
3. BH-3 Machine Gun Advance Mein 206
4. BH-4 Machine Gun Attack Mein 209
5. BH-5 Machine Gun Def Mein 218
PART-VI : RANGE TABLE
1. RT-1 Rg Table 7.62mm L2 A2 Amn 223
2. RT-2 Substention Table 224
3. RT-3 Lead Table 226
4. RT-4 Deg to Mils Conversion Table 227

Is tarah ke Box mein diye gaya jankari sirf aapke atirikt gyan ke liye
hai aur training ke syllabus ka bhag nahi hai

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
1

GENERAL –1
MMG KI VESHESHTAEN

Parichay
1. Machine gun ki mukhya visheshta yeh hai ki hum isse bhari matra mein
lagatar fire kar sakte hain. 1862 mein “Gatling gun” ka nirmaan hua jisme 6-10 barrel
hone ke karan yeh bina garam hue lagatar fire kar sakta tha, lekin ise chalane ke liye
iske purzon ko haath se ghumaana padta tha. Sahi maayne mein automatic machine
gun ka aavishkar Harim Maxim dwara banaye gae “Maxim Machine Gun” se hua jo
recoil ke sidhaant par kaam karta tha aur paani ke jacket se thanda hua karta tha.
Maxim gun ke utpaadan ka adhikaar, Britain ke Vicker company dwara khareede
jane ke baad, Maxim gun per kuch sudhaar karke .303 Viker Machine Gun ka
nirmaan hua.
2. .303 Viker Machine Gun hamare desh main peheli MMG thi, kyonki yeh 1912
mein british sena main aayi. Iss gun se 400-500 rds per/min ke rate of fire se .303
inch (7.7mm) ball round fire hota tha. Water cooling ke liye 4.1 Ltr ka ek jacket hota
tha jo ki 3 min lagataar tej fire karne se ubal jata tha. Yeh hathiyar abhi aprachalit ho
gaya hai lekin itihas main ek uncha sthan prapt kar liya hai kyonki pehele vishwa
yudh main .303 Vikers MG ke liye viksit ki gai tactical tarike aur anudesh aaj bhi
machine gun ke sikhlai main kargar hai.
3. .303 Viker Machine Gun ke ladai mein safaltapoorvak istemal ke baad kai
saare machine gun ka aavishkar hua jaise ki, Hotchkiss MG, Chauchat MG, Lewis
MG, Browning MG ityaadi. Hathiyaar ke wazan ya caliber ke lihaaz se inhe Light
Machine Gun, Medium Machine Gun aur Heavy Machine gun ki shreni mein rakha
gaya.
4. San 1934 main General Purpose Machine Gun ka sankalpana German MG 34
se shuru hua tha. Is hathiyar mein mount (kuch hathiyaaron mein sight aur feed
mechanism) ko badalkar assault ke dauran bipod par LMG ki tarah aur zaroorat
padne mein tripod par MMG ki tarah fire kar sakte hain. Ise gadi aur hawai jahaz
mein bhi mount kiya ja sakta tha. Belgium mein Fabrique Nationale (FN) company
dwara 7.62mm MAG-58 series (Mitraileause Appui Generale „General Purpose
Machine Gun‟) ka nirmaan kiya gaya. Yeh hathiyaar Ernest Vervier dwara design
kiya gaya tha aur 1958 mein iska utpaadan shuru hua. Iska istemal 80 se adhik
deshon dwara kiya ja raha hai jismein Argentina, Canada, US, UK aur India sahit kai
desh hain. Bharat mein 1962 mein iska istemal shuru kiya gaya aur ab Small Arms
Factory, “Ichapore” mein banai ja rahi hai.

Uddesh
5. MMG ki visheshtaon ke bare mein jankari dena hai.

Am Bayan
6. Gun Machine 7.62mm MAG-58.
(a) Yeh per Rif Coy ko 02 aur 08 Inf Bn ke liye auth hain.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
2

(b) Yeh LMG aur Medium Machine Gun ke role mein istemaal karne ke liye
design kiya gaya hai.Bharat mein sirf tripod ke upar mount karke MMG ki
tarah istemaal kiya jata hai.
(c) Yeh open breech se fire karne wala weapon hai, jiske karan lagatar fire
karne se cook off ki karwai nahi hota.
(d) Hawa se thanda hone wala, belt feed, gas ki madad se operate aur
bhari tadat se fire karne wala auto weapon hai.
(e) Gas regulator ki madad se ati sard ilaqe mein aur ati garam ilaqe mein
fire ki raftar ko banaye rakh sakte hain.
(f) Regulator assembly gas exhaust system ke adhar par banaya gaya hai
aur gas ko gas regulator ki adjusment ke anusar control kiya jata hai. Ise
„0‟ par set karne se, yani exhaust pura band karne par zyada gas milta hai aur
„9‟ par pura dhila karne se kam se kam gas milta hai. Zero par set karne se
900-1000 rounds per minute fire kiya ja sakta hai. 6/7 par set karne se 750
rounds per min fire kiya ja sakta hai. Amtaur par is ki adjustment 6/7 par hi
rakhi jaati hai.
(g) MMG mein mechanical safety Downward Tilting Locking Lever ke
karan hoti hai. Mechanincal safety se yah sunishcit hota hai ki breech jab tak
pura lock na ho jaye primer par strike nahin lagti ha aur Jab tak muzzle se goli
na nikal jaye,breech unlock nahin hota.
(h) Ejection opening cover, body ke andar dhool aur mitti ghusne se rokta
hai. Yeh firing karte waqt piston extension ki madad se khul jata hai.
(j) Firing ke samay flash, muzzle aur gas regulator ke exhaust se paida ho
sakta hai. Muzzle pe Flash suppressor aur gas regulator ke sahi design se
flash kam kiya gaya hai.
(k) Belt ko bikharne wali patrion dwara jora gaya hai aur ek belt mein 235
rounds hote hai aur ek belt box mein sealed hokar ata hai.
(l) India mein iske nimn prakar uplabhdh hain:-
(i) Gun Machine (MAG) 7.62mm 2A.
(ii) Gun Machine (MAG) 7.62mm 2A1.
(iii) Gun Machine (MAG) 7.62mm 4A.
(iv) Gun Machine (MAG TK-71) 7.62mm 5A (Sirf Tank mein istemal
kiya jata hai)
(v) Gun Machine (MAG TK-71) 7.62mm 6A (Tank aur ground role
mein istemal kiya ja sakta hai)
7. Mounting tripod 7.62mm L4 A1.
(a) Hathiyaar ko stirtha pradhaan karta hai.
(b) Gun ko is par mount kiya jata hai. Mount ki do posn hoti hai, low mount
aur high mount. Low mount mein ground se sight radius ki height 13” aur high
mount mein sight radius ki height 25" hoti hai. Ise air def role ke liye bhi mount
kiya ja sakta hai.
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
3

(c) Is ke uper recoil buffer unit lagaya gaya hai jo ki pichhe ke dhakke ko
jajab karta hai.

(d) Iske legs ko jaldi se close kiya ja sakta hai. Legs ke sath shoes lagaye
gaye hai jo ki tripod ko hilne se rokhta hai.

Mounting Tripod 7.62mm L A1

8. Sight Unit 102 A/B. Sight Unit 102 A/B Raat ke fire aur kharab
mausam hone par unchai aur disha ko maintain rakhne mein madad deta hai. Yeh
sight 81mm Mor ke saath bhi istemaal kiya ja sakta hai. Iske pehle SU C2 ka
istemaal kiya jata tha jismen ank mils mein likha gaya tha. 102 A/B degree mein
banaya gaya hai. 102 A mein 06 spare bulb hote hain aur 102 B mein 12 spare bulb
hote hain. Iske ilawa 102 B ki lead Rexene se covered hai.
9. Aiming Post Aur Aiming Lamp. Jab sight unit ka istemal kiya ja raha ho
unchai aur disha ko kayam rakhne mein madad deta hai.

Visheshtaen
10. Halka wazan. Apne qabliat ke lihaz se yeh ek halke wazan ka
hathiyar hai. Teen jawano ki det thori duri tak asani se le ja sakti hai. Hisse purzon ka
wazan is parkar hai:-

(i) Gun ka kul wazan - 24.7 kg

(ii) Gun - 10.5 kg
(iii) Tripod - 14.2 kg
(iv) Barrel 2A - 3.3 kg
(v) Belt - 6.8 kg
(vi) Belt with box - 9 kg
(vii) Sight Unit 102 A - 6.6 kg (2.5 kg/unit)
(viii) Sight Unit 102 B - 6.75 kg
(ix) Aiming post - 1.35 kg
(x) Aiming lamp - 4.5 kg

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
4

11. Lamba Rg. Jiada se jiada range 3900 meter aur kargar range 1800 meter
hai, Yeh kabliat in karnon se milti hai:-
(a) Amn Ki Ghatakta. 7.62x51mm Round ke uchch gati urja ke karan yeh
lambe range tak dushmman ko maar gira sakta hai.
(b) Accuracy. Mount ki sthirta aur purjon ke bhari hone ke karan gun
mein tartarahat kam hoti hai.
12. Bhari Tadad Mein Lagatar Fire. Is gun ki banawat aur belt dwara feed
hone ke karan kisi bhi target par bhari tadad mein fire dala ja sakta hai. Yeh kabliat in
karnon se milti hai:-
(a) Belt fed hone ke karan aur asani se belt ko jor aur tor sakte hain.
(b) Majboot hisse purje aur roken kam parti hain.
(c) Spare barrel, lagatar char (04) belt fire karne ke baad hi barrel ko
change karne ki zarurat padti hai.
(d) Bhari barrel jo zyaada garmi ko sahan kar sakti hai aur hawa se jaldi
thanda ho jata hai.
13. Fire ki Raftar. Trigger ko dabane se goliyan cyclic rate se fire hoti hai.
Gas regulator ki setting, kitne samay ke liye trigger dabaya gaya hai aur diye gaye
waqfe ke hisaab se Normal aur Tej fire hasil kiya ja sakta hai.
(a) Cyclic - 600-1000 rounds/min trigger dabne pe.
(b) Normal - 100rounds/min trigger ko 2-3 sec dabane se aur waqfa
10-12 Sec ya trigger ko 1 sec dabane se aur waqfa 5-6 Sec
(c) Tej - 200 rounds/min trigger ko 2-3 sec dabane se aur waqfa
5-6 Sec ya trigger ko 1 sec dabane se aur waqfa 2-3 Sec.
14. Lachak. Is hathiyar ko uthakar ya switch dekar ek target se dusre target
par jaldi se fire kar sakte hain. Is hathiyaar se din aur raat ke samay ground role aur
air role mein istemaal kiya ja sakta hai. Isse gaadi aur helicopter per bhi mount kiya
ja sakta hai. Yeh qabliat tripod ke karnon se milti hai:-
(a) Free traverse - 360 degree
(b) Free elevation - 22 degree
(c) Free depression - 11 degree
(d) Controlled traverse - 11 degree
(e) Controlled elevation/depression - 5 degree

Hadbandiyan
15. Shola. Barud ke jalne se jalansheel gas paida hoti hai. Yeh gas jab bahari
oxygen se milti hai to tej chamak ke sath jalti hai jo ke kafi dur se dekhi ja sakti hai.
(a) Shole ko kam karne ke liye muzzle ke sath flash suppressor lagaya

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
5

(b) Gas regulator assembly ke banawat ke karan exhaust gas ka shola bhi
kam kiya gayahai.
16. Dhuan. Hydro carbon jalne se dhuan paida hota hai. Jo ki barrel main tel
hone aur purana amnse utpan hota hai.
17. Aawaz. Jab unche dabao ka gas muzzle se bahar niklati hai to tej awaj
paida hota hai. Shola dhuan aur awaz gun position ko zahir kar deta hai. Is ke
bachaw ke liye gun position ko achhi tarah se site karna chahiye. Gun position ke
aas pass pani se chhirkao kar lena chahiye taki mitti garda na uthe.
18. Purjon ki tut fut. Purjon ki banawat kafi majbut hai. Chhote purje jaise
firing pin,ejector, extractor tut sakte hain isliye isse bachne ke liye andha dhund fire
na kiya jaye. Sahi rakh rakhao aur sahi safai ki jaye to tut-fut kam ho jati hai. Halke
repair ke liye Gun ke saath spare part wallet diya gaya hai.
19. Barrel ka ziada garam hona. Lagatar fire karne se barrel kafi garam ho
jata hai. Is gun ke sath spare barrel diya gaya hai. Barrel ko kisi bhi rate of fire se 04
belt lagatar fire hone ke baad badli kar lena chahiye.

Sankshep
20. Kisi bhi hathiyar ke sahi upyog ke liye yeh zaruri hai ki hathiyar ki visheshtaen
aur hathiyar ke bare mein achhi tarah malum hona chahiye. Aur hathiyar ko istemal
karte samay us hathiyar ki visheshtaen aur hadbandian ka khas dhyan rakhna
chahiye.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
6

GENERAL - 2

MMG AMN AUR FIRE KI VISHESHTAEN

Parichay
1. Infantry ke pas 7.62mm Medium Machine Gun (MAG-58) ek bahut hi kargar
hathiyar hai jo tamam fire support uth jane par bhi hamlawar fauj ko fire sp dene ki
qabiliat rakhta hai. MAG-58 Medium Machine Gun 7.62 mm caliber mein aaj ka
sabse behtarin hathiyar mana jata hai. Ek achha hathiyar ka hamare pass hona hi
kafi nahi hai. Is ka durust istemal karna bhi zaruri hai. Is liye yeh avashyak hai ki
hum is se fire hone wale ammunition aur is ke fire ki visheshtaen ke bare mein achhi
tarah jankari hasil karen. Agar aisa na ho to ho sakta hai ki larai ke dauran is
weapon ko aise target diye jaen jo is ki qabliat se bahar hon, yani ke MMG puri tarah
target ko barbad na kar sake.

Uddesh
2. 7.62mm Medium Machine Gun (MAG-58) se fire hone wale ammunition aur
iske fire ki visheshtaon ke bare mein jankari karana.

Pahunch
3. Yeh lesson do bhagon mein banta gaya hai :-
(a) Bhag I - Ammunition.
(b) Bhag II - Fire ki visheshtaen.

Bhag I : Ammunition

4. Ammunition ki kismein
(a) Is gun se Rimless, tapered amn fire kiya jata hai. Isse 6 kism ka
amunition fire kiya jata hai :-
(i) Ball. Yeh Amn anti personal aur patli chadar wale veh ke
khilaaf istemal kiya jata hai. Is amn ka naam purane samay mein
istemal hone wale amn ke naam par pada joki ball ki shape ka tha aur
muzzle loaded hota tha.
(ii) Tracer. Yeh Amnka bullet lal (red) rang se jalta hai joki target
indication aur maar ko dekhne mein madad deta hai. Muzzle ke age 50
meter se jalna shuru hota hai aur 1150 meter tak roshni deta hai.
(iii) Blank. Yeh amn ball amn ki tarah hota hai lekin is amn ka
bullet nahi hota hai. Is ka istemal exercises, demonstration aur balttle
inoculation mein fire ki awaaz ko darshane kiya jata hai. Auto fire ke
liye muzzle par Blank Fire Attachment lagaya jata hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
7

(iv) Armour piercing (AP). Yeh ek armour piercing amn hai jiska
istemal Infantry Combat Vehicles (ICVs) aur patli chaddar wali veh ke
khilaf istemal kiya jata hai. Armour plating ko bhedne bullet apni gati
urja ka istemal karta hai. Iska bullet Ball round ke banispat sakth
dhaatu ke mishran se banaya gaya hai.
(iv) Sabotted Light Armour Piercing (SLAP). Is amn ki bullet ki
chaudai hathiyaar ke barrel se chhota hai. Bullet ko barrel ke andhar
sahi fit karne ke liye is par ek plastic ki parat hoti hai joki fire hone par
bullet ke muzzle end chhodte hi niche gir jati hai ise Sabot kehta hai.
Yeh amn bhi apni gati urja aur AP round se patle hone ka karane
armour ko asaani se bhed sakta hai.
(v) Incendiary. Is amn ka istemal target area main aag lagane ke
liye kiya jata hai. Pehchanne ke liye is ki tip par nila (blue) rang lagaya
gaya hai.
(b) Hamare desh mein kewal teen hi prakar ka ammunition available
hai.Ball, tracer aur blank.
5. Ball Ammunition. Yeh ammunition anti personal role, B vehicle, hawai jahaz
aur helicopter ke khilaf istemal kiya jata hai.
(a) Am data.
(i) Lambai - 71 mm.
(ii) Wazan - 23.13 +/- .65 gram.
(iii) Dia - 11mm ya 1.1cm

(b) Hisse

(i) .22 Cap.

CROSS-SECTIONOFBALLAMMUNITION
(ii) Cart case.
(iii) Bullet.

Ball Round

6. Primer Cap.
(a) Zarurat. Cart case mein propellant charge low explosive hota hai
jisko jalane ke liye garmi ki zarurat hoti hai. Hathiyaaron ke reliability ke liye
inhe aam taur pe firing pin ki chot se amn ki chal shuru karne ke liye banaya
jata hai na ki aag lagane se. Isliye primer cap ka istemal kiya jata ha jo
hathiyaar ke firing pin ki chot ko garmi mein tabdil kar sake.
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
8

(b) Vivaran.
(i) Yeh tambe (copper) ka bana hua hai aur ise cart case ke base
mein press-fit kiya gaya hai.
(ii) Cap ka diameter .22 inch hota hai.
(iii) Yeh Center fired Boxer type percussion cap hai, isko chal karne
ke liye impact aur friction ki zarurat hoti hai.
(iv) Iske andar ke hisse nimn prakar ke hain:-
(aa) Barud.Barud ke mishran ka Industrial naam FA-956
(Frankford Arsenal-956) hai aur yeh non fulminate type hota hai.
(ab) Flash Hole. Iske zariye paida hue garam tatv cart case
mein jata hai.
(ab) Tin Foil Disc. Yeh barud ko aam halat mein flash hole se
nikalne se rokhta hai. Barud ke jalne par yeh phat jata hai.
(ac) Anvil. Primer par firing pin ki maar lagte samay yeh barud
ko aage jane se rokhta hai jiske karan firing pin aur anvil ke
beech ke barud par dabav padta hai.
(v) Iski shelf life 15-20saal hoti hai.
(vi) FA-956 ko kaam karne ke liye kam se kam 8 Ibs/ sq inch
pressure ki zarurat hoti hai. Is karan handling aur transportation ke
dauran yeh ammunitionsurkshit rehta hai.
 Primer ke prakar. Primer Mukhya taur par do prakar ke hain:-.
 External primer. Yeh round ka hissa nahi hota hai aur inhe alaga se istemaal kiya jata hai.
 Internal Primer. Yeh round ka hissa hota hai. Firing pin ke mar lagne ki jagah ke hissab se
internal primer do prakar ke hote hai
o Rim Fire. Isme primer ka barud cart case ke pichle hiss ke rim pe hota hai. Firing pin rim
ko side se marta hai, jaise ki 84mm RL ke rounds.
o Center Fire. Isme primer cart ke base ke center mein fit hota hai. Fire pin peeche se maarta
hai. Iske do safal variant hai:-
 Boxer Type. Isme Anvil Primer ka hissa hai aur isme sirf ek hi flash hole hota hai.
 Berden Type. Isme Anvil Cart case ka hissa hota hai aur isme do flash hole hota hai.

 FA 956 ka mishran.
 Lead Styphnate. Yeh primary explosive hai. Aur maar se iska visphot hota hai jiske karan
bhaari matra mein garmi aur pressure paida hota hai.
 Tetrazene. Yeh Lead styphnate ki maar ke prati sanvedanasheelta ko badhaata hai taki kam
dabav mein hi visphot hojae.
 Antimoney Sulphide aur Aluminium Powder. Yeh viphot ke karan jalkar aur bhi garmi paida
karta hai taaki cart case ke propellant charge ki chal ko aasani se jari kar sake.
 Barium Nitrate. Yeh Mishran mein oxygen pradan karta hai taaki jalne mein madad ho.
 Gum Solution. Yeh poore mishran ko ek saath jodkar rakhta hai.
MAIN CHARGE

FLASH HOLE
TIN FOILNDISC

F A 956

Primer cap cut section

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
9

(c) Chal. Jab firing pin primer cap par chot marta hai to iski bahari satah
andar ki taraf dabati hai aur primer mixture ko anvil par daba deti hai. Issi
dabao se primer mixture ka high explosive phat jata hai aur garam gas paida
hoti hai jo flash hole ke zariye cart case ke propellant charge mein aag laga
deti hai.

7. Cartridge Case.
(a) Banawat. Yeh pital (brass) ka bana hua hai. Is mein 70% tamba
(copper) aur 30% zinc mila hota hai aur iski lambai 51mm hoti hai. Yeh
tapered hone ke karan extraction mein asan hota hai aur iska rate of fire jaida
hota hai. Cart case ke kaam firing se pahle aur firng ke baad niche likhe gaye
paragraphs mein detail se bataaye gaye hain.
(b) Loading ke Dauran Cart Case ka Function.
(i) Bullet aur main charge ko pakad kar rakhta hai.
(ii) Bahri vatavaran ke prabhav se bachata hai.
(iii) Extraction mein madad deta hai.
(iv) Cook off hone se bachata hai (Lagatar fire hone par chamber
ki garmi ke karan propellant charge mein apne aap aag lagne ki karwai
ko cook off kehte hai)
(v) Chamber mein bullet ko sidhai pradan karta hai.
(c) Firing ke Dauran Cart Case ke Function.
(i) Breech, firing pin aur chamber ko erosion hone se bachata hai.
(ii) Paida hue heat ka lagbhag 30% absorb karta hai.
(iii) Obturation mein madad deta hai. (Firing ke dauran paida hua
garmi cart case ko phailakar chamber ke diwaaron se chipkka deta hai
jo gas ko peeche jaane se rokhta hai)
(iv) Extraction ke action mein madad deta hai.
(d) Cartridge Case ke Pital (Brass) se Bana Hone ke Faide:-
(i) Sasta aur asani se milta hai.
(ii) Is mein jang nahin lagta.
(iii) Pinghla kar dobara istemal kar sakte hain.
(iv) Garam hokar phailta hai jisse obturation mein madad deta hai.
(v) Heat ko absorb karta hai.
(vi) Firing hone ke baad jaldi se thanda hokar siikhud jata hai jisse
extraction mein madad milti hai.
(e) Cartridge Case Par Marking. Cartridge case ke base par ek gol
stamp lagi hoti hai jis mein nimn batein hoti hai :-
(i) Lot No.
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
10

(ii) Calibre.
(iii) Factory code KF, OFV etc.
(iv) Year of manufacture.
8. Nitro Cellulose Charge. Yeh danedar aur non-hygroscopic kism ka barud
hai. Iska wazan 2.85 gm hota hai aur yeh single base hota hai.
9. Bullet. Bullet ko do bare hisson mein banaya jata hai – core aur jacket.
Iska wazan 9.33+/-0.13 gm, lambai 29mm aur diameter 7.84mm hota hai. Iska
diameter brl ke bore se thora bada hone ke karan setup mein madad deta hai.
(a) Core. Yeh bullet ke ander wala hissa hota hai. Yeh 90% lead aur 10%
antimony ka bana hota hai. Lead ka istemal isliye kiya jata hai kyonki iska
density zyada hota hai jiske karan diye gaye caliber ke lead ka bullet baaki
daatu se bane bullet se bhari hota hai. Antimony ka istemal nimn karnon se
kiya jata:-
(i) Bullet ko hard banata hai.
(ii) Manufacturing mein asani hoti hai.
(b) Jacket. Yeh gilding metal (90% copper aur 10% nickel) ka bana hua
hota hai aur core ke upar lapet diya jata hai. Is ke faide is prakar se hain :-
(i) Lead bahut naram daatu hai jiske karan fire hone par uska
shape bigad sakta hai ya barrel ke andar hi tut sakta hai. Jacket aise
hone se rokhta hai.
(ii) Gilding metal baaki daatu se naram hone ke karan barrel ko
ghiskar khatam nahi karta.
(iii) Set up mein madad milti hai. Bullet ka diameter barrel ke bore se
thora bada hone ke karan dabav padne par Jacket barrel ke lands aur
grooves ka shape le leta hai aur in mein baith jata hai, jiske karan paida
hue gas bullet se aage nahi ja pata.
(iv) Set up hone par barrel ki rifling ki madad se bullet ko spin milta
hai.
(v) Hague Convention aise koi bullet ko istemaal karne se mana karta
hai jo dushman ke badan mein lagkar chapta ho jae ya tut jaye. Jacket
bullet ko chapta hone se rokta hai.

Bullet
10. Amn Ke Fire Hone Pe Chal. Jab Firing pin primer par chot marta hai, toh
primer cap mein paida hua chingari flash hole se hokar propellant charge mein aag
laga deta hai. Propellant charge ke jalne se garam gas paida hota hai jo cart case ke
andar ke dabav ko badha deta hai. Uchhit dabav padne par bullet cart case se azaad
hokar aage nikalta hai. Cart case gas ke dabav aur garmi ke karan phailkar chamber
se chippak jata hai aur obturation ki karwai ho jati hai. Bullet ke barrel ke andar

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
11

ghussne se setup ki karwai ho jati hai aur gas ke dabav se bullet ka speed barrel ke
andar badte jata hai. Rifling ke karan bullet ko spin milta hai jo bullet ko barrel se
bahar nikalne par sthirta Pradan karti hai.
11. Tracer Round. Yeh dekhne mein bilkul ball ammunition ki tarah hi hai.
Pehchanne ke liye is ki tip aur base par lal rang lagaya gaya hai. Is ke bullet ki
banawat ball ammunition ke bullet se alag hai. Is ke bullet ke base mein ek cavity
hoti hai jismein tracer element aur primary compostion bhare jate hain aur ek brass
delay disc lagakar is cavity ko seal kar diya jata hai.

Tracer Round

(a) Brass Delay Disc. Yeh bullet ke base par laga hua hai. Is ke kaam :-
(i) Sub Ignitor (Primary Composition) ko girne se bachata hai.
(ii) Sub Ignitor barrel ke ander na jale.
(iii) Sub Igniter ko NC charge se alag rakhta hai.
(b) Sub Ignitor. Iske andar 03 grain wazan ka barium nitrate hota hai.
Barium Nitrate ke jalne par dhunwa aur roshni nahin hoti. Yeh barrel se lekar
50m tak jalta hai. Iske nimnlikhit faide hain:-
(i) Firer ki aankh aur Night Vision Device ko roshni se bachata hai
(ii) Firer ke position zahir hone se bachata hai
(c) Tracer Element. Iska mishran 14 grain wazan ka hota hai. Yeh 2.6
second ke liye jalta hai aur Muzzle ke age 50 meter se jalna shuru hokar 1150
meter tak lal roshni deta hai.Is se fire ki dekhbhal, durusti, target indication aur
aag lagane mein madad milti hai.
 Tracer Element ka Mishran

 Magnesium powder. Yeh sub igniter se chingari milne par jalkar garmi paida karta hai
jo strontium Nitrate ko jalata hai.

 Strontium Nitrate. Yeh jalkar lal roshni deta hai.

 Polyvinyl chloride. Magnesium powder bohat tezi se jalkar safed roshni paida karta
hai. Polyvinyl Chloride is Magnesium powder ke jalne ki raftar ko kam karta hai taki
strontium nitrate ka lal roshni asaani se nazar aa jae aur tracer elemnt bhi lambe samay tak
jale.

(d) Chal. Tracer round ke fire hone par bullet ke peeche wala garam gas
brass delay disc ko garam karna shuru kar deta hai. Jaise hi bullet barrel se
nikal jata hai Brass delay disc garam hokar Sub ingniter mein aag laga deta hai.
Sub igniter bina roshni ke 0-50m tak jalta hai aur phir tracer element mein aag

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
12

laga deta hai. Tracer element 50-1150m tak lal roshni se jalta hai. Bullet ke
andar mishran ke jalne se bullet ka gurutvaakarshan ka Kendra badalta rehta
hai aur wazan bhi kam hota rehta hai jisse muzzle se nikalne par hi iska
trajectory ball round ke trajectory se alag hona shuru hota hai. Chhote ranges
mein donon ke trajectory mein antar bahut kam hota hai magar lambe ranges
par yeh bahut jaida ho jata hai aur tracer ki trajectory bhi betartib ho jati hai.
Isliye tracer element ko1150m tak jalne ke liye hi banaya gaya hai.

Bhag II : Fire ki Visheshtaen

12. Goli Par Asar Dalne Wali Shaktian. Hawa mein goli par mukhya roop
mein do shaktian asar dalti hain, zamin ka akarshan shakti (gravity) aur hawa ka
pratirodh. Hawa goli ki age jane ki raftar ko kam karti hai aur gravity ki shakti goli ko
nirantar niche ki oar khinchti hai.

Trajectory

13. Trajectory. Agar bullet thik stabilize ho to target tak puhnchane ke liye ek
golaidar rasta tai karti hai. Is golaidar raste ko trajectory kehte hain.
14. Culminating Point. Line of Sight se trajectory ke sabse unche bindu ko
culminating point kehte hain. Yeh lambe range par ziada uppar ho jata hai. Yeh pt
lambe rg par takriban 2/3 fasle par hota hai aur chhote rg par takriban adhe raste par
hota hai. 600m par Culminating point 1.2m (4ft) uncha hota hai aur 1800m par
Culminating point 25m uncha hota hai.
15. Cone of fire. Jab MMG se ek burst fire kiya jata hai to kuchh karanon se
har goli ek hi unchai se nahin gujarti jis se har goli alag alag trajectory ikhtiar karti
hai. Agar is ka hawa mein cross section liya jaye to yeh ek cone ke mutabik dekhai
deta hai. Isi ko Cone of Fire kahte hain. Zyadatar goliyan cone of fire ke beech
mein hota hai.
16. Beaten Zone. Fire ka cone jab zamin par takrata hai aur jamin par girne ke
baad jo andakar banta hai use beaten zone kahte hain. Effective Beaten Zone ki
angular chaudai hamesha 2 mil hota hai. Isliye range badne se iski chaudai meter
mein badti rehti hai.Kam rangon mein trajectory chapta hone ke karan beaten zone
lamba hota hai, par lambe rangon mein iski lambai kam hoti hai. Alag alag rangon
mein Beaten Zone is prakar hai:-
(a) 600m - 100m x 1m

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
13

(b) 1000m - 75m x 2m

(c) 1500m - 55m x 3m
(d) 1800m - 50mx 4m
17. First Catch. Trajectory ke ascending ya descending bhag mein wah bindu
jahan par goli target ke sabse unche wale bhag ki height pakadti hai use first catch
kehte hain.
18. First Graze. First catch ke baad jab goli pahli bar zamin par takrati hai use
First Graze kehte hain.
19. Dangerous Space aur Dangerous Zone. First catch aur first graze ke bich
ke fasle ko Dangerous Space kehte hain. Dangerous space aur Beaten Zone ke
ilaqe ko milakar Dangerous Zone banta hai. Dangerous Space nimanlikhit baton par
munashir hai :-
(a) Target ki Unchai. Unchai wale target ke liye Dangerous Space
ziada hota hai.
(b) Gun ki Unchai. Gun unchi jagah par set hone se Dangerous Space
kam hota hai (Plunging Fire).
(c) Range. Lambe range par Dangerous Space kam hota hai.
(d) Chapti Trajectory. Chapti trajectory hone se DS badhta hai.
(e) Jamin ki banawat. Uthi hui zamin par Dangerous Space kam aur
niche jati hui zamin par jiada hota hai.
20. Grazing Fire. Is prakar ke fire mein poore trajectory ki lambai mein
danger space hota hai (Muzzle se first graze tak). Samtal zamin mein grazing fire
600-700m tak mumkin hai kyonki is range par culminating pt sirf 4 - 4.5 ft hota hai jo
aam taur per ek dushman ke chhati ke barabar unchai hai.

Grazing Fire

21. Plunging fire. Is prakar ke fire mein Danger Space na ke barabar hota.
Isliye Danger zone sirf Beaten zone ak hi seemit hai. Yeh aam taur par dekha jata
hai jab unchi zamin se niche fire kiya ja raha ho ya unchi khadi zamin par fire kiya ja
raha ho.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
14

Plunging Fire

22. Enfilade Fire. Automatic low trajectory hathiyar ko defence mein is

tariqe se lagaya jaye ki dushman ko lambe rukh mein mara ja sake, ise enfilade fire
kehte hain.

Sankshep
23. Kisi bhi hathiyar ka sahi istemal karne ke liye yeh zaruri hai ki hamein uske
ammunition aur fire ki visheshtaon ke bare mein puri jankari ho.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
15

GENERAL - 3
MMG KE LIYE DOCUMENTS

Parichay
1. Har ek hathiyar ki sahi dekhbhal, samay par repair, larai ki taiyari, uske damage
hone ke baad hisse purjon ki demand aur handing/taking over ke samay hone wali
mushkilon ko dur karne ke lie zaruri hai ki achha aur samay se documentation kiya
jaye. Documentation se haiyar ki repair, maintinance, inspection, issue,
handing/taking over aur hathiyar ki halat ka record rehta hai.

Uddesh
2. 7.62 mm MAG 58 ke documents se waqfiat karana.

Documentation ke Faide
3. Agar documents up to date aur achhi tarah maint kiye jaen to us ke yeh faide
hain:-
(a) Hathiyar ka sahi samay par repair aur inspection ho sakta hai.
(b) Gun maintenance karne ki zimmewari kiski hai iska pata chalta hai.
(c) Commander ko yeh pata chalta hai ki gunon ki halat kya hai.
(d) Hathiyar ki life barkarar rahti hai aur wah serviceable halat mein rehte
hain.
(e) Hathiyar ki tut phut wale purjon ki demand jaldi se ki ja sakti hai.

MMG Ke Liye Documents

4. Complete Eqpt Schedule (CES) IAFF-980 CES ka matlab hai Complete Eqpt
Schedule. Yeh ek kism ke wpn/Eqpt par ek hi auth hai. Yeh document unit mein
Quarter Master office mein rakha jata hai. CES mein us hatihyar ke parts, spare
parts, tools aur istemal se sambandhit jankari (Literature) hoti hai.
(a) Annotations.
(i) E - Expendable stores, consumable items, non-ledger chhote
chhote spare parts.
(ii) X - Yeh wah jaruri purje hain jinke bagair ordinance hathiyar
issue nahin karega.
(iii) R - Yeh saman Engineers se milta hai.
(b) Parts CES ko chaar hisson mein banta gaya hai:-
(i) Part I Yeh baki ke teen parts ka index hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
16

(ii) Part II Is mein gun/kisi bhi hathiyar ke sath auth major

parts (bade hinsson) ki list hoti hai.
(iii) Part III Is mein nimn hinsse hain:-
(aa) List of spare parts III(a).
(ab) Tools III(b).
(ac) Literature (jankari) III(c) jo ki weapon ke sath authorise
hai.
(iv) Part IV Yeh hinssa part II ko vistar se bayan karta hai, jaise ki
ek sight ke saath 2 bulb authorise hain, aur inka istemal kahan par
hoga.
5. Electrical & Mechanical Engineering Regulations (INDIA) (EMER’s). Yeh
har ek unit ko issue kiya jata hai aur aam taur par unit Quarter Master ya armourer
shop mein rakha jata hai. Jab bhi amendmeint mile to amendment kar lena chahiye.
Is ke ander niche likhi details hain:-
(a) Gun ka technical data.
(b) Gun ki repair aur inspection kis prakar kiya jayega.
(c) Gun ke upar mod ke liye hidaytein.
(d) Gun ke hinsse purjon ka technical byora.
6. Index Card (IAFZ-3015) (Appx ‘A’) . Is mein Gun ka registerd Number, Unit
Serial Number, hathiyar ki kism, issue aur receipt voucher ki tarikh aur voucher
Number bhara jata hai. Index card ko banate samay aur banane ke baad yeh baten
dhyan mein rakhni chahiye:-
(a) Yeh har Gun ke liye ek banaya jaye.
(a) Jab naya Gun milta hai to, naya index card banaya jaye aur Quarter
Master office mein rakha jaye.
(c) Jab koi Gun transfer ya dusri unit ko hand over karni ho to naya index
card bana kar hand over kiya jaye aur purane index card mein receipt,issue
voucher Number aur tarikh bhari jaye.
7. Weapon History Sheet (IAFO 1410) (Appx ‘B’). Is document mein hatiyar ki
koi tut phut, Section Commander ke initial aur armourer ke remarks bhare jate hain.
8. Firing Records. Kitne round fire kiye hai.
9. EME Documents. EME docu teen tarah ke hote hain:-
(a) IAF (EME) E-05 (Appx ‘C’). Yeh document unit dwara unit armr/fd
repair workshop ke liye duplicate mein bante hain aur AIA inspection ke liye
triplicate (teen copy) mein bante hain.Is ka format Appx „E‟ mein diya gaya
hai. Is document mein niche likhi details hoti hain:-
(i) Part I aur Part II ke 1 se 5 coln mein unit ke tamam hathiyar aur
unka registerd Number bhare jate hain, baki colns inspection karne
wala officer bharta hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
17

(ii) Inspection hone ke baad is inspection report ki ek copy

inspection officer ke pass, ek copy unit Quarter Master ke paas aur
tisri copy yadi EMAE (SA) inspection kiya hai to bharkar R-2 repairs
ke liye field repair workshop mein bheji jati hai.
(b) IAF (EME) E-20 (Appx ‘D’). Yeh document annual tech inspection jo ki
formation Commander ki taraf se ki jati hai, ke liye banaya jata hai. Is mein nimn
likhit jankari hoti hai:-
(i) Kaun kaun se aur kitne weapon ka inspection kiya gaya.
(ii) Pichhle sal ki inspection report.
(iii) Armourer shop ki halat.
(iv) Unit ke weapons ki maintenance ki state.
(v) Maujuda saal ke inspection ki report.
(vi) Formation Commander ke remarks.
(c) IAF (EME) E-25 (Condemnation Report) (Appx ‘E’).
(i) Yeh document unit dwara fd repair workshop ke liye
quadruplicate (Char copy) mein bharte hain, jab wpn BGUN/BER ho
jate hain.
(ii) BGUN hone ke baad is ki ek copy demand karne ke liye, ek
copy wpn back load karne ke liye, ek copy unit mein aur ek copy
workshop ke record ke liye jati hain. Is ka format Appx „F‟ mein diya
gaya hai.

Sankshep
10. Hathiyar ko har samay fire karne ke qabil rakhne aur maint rakhne ke liye
documentation kiya jata hai.Documentation ka faida tabhi uthaya ja sakta hai jab
ke document thik bhare jayen aur unmein samay par entry ki jaye na ki kewal
inspection hone par. Hathiyaron ki sahi halat ki jaankari Commanders ko documents
se mil sakti hai. Company mein AGL aur anya hathiyaron ke sahi documentation ki
zimmewari Company Commander aur AGL/MMG Section Commander ki hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
18

Appx ‘A’ (Ref to para 6)

IAFZ - 3015
*RIFLE
*REVOLVER
*LMG
*M/C
*MUSKET
INDEX CARD
*Delete headings not applicable.
Designation …………….. Registered No ……….

From whom Receipt Vr. To whom Issue Vr. No

recd. and date issued and date and date No, and dt

MGIP Sant- 47 Army (FSP/72)-(M-84)-8-3-73-69,600.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
19

Appx ‘B’ (Ref to para 7)

I.A.F.O-1410

Weapon with BayonetRegimeintal serial No …….........

Barrel Breech Mark Manu- *Bayo- Manu *Scab- Mark

Number Block factured net factured bard
Number At At
Issued to
Number
Rank
Name
Date

5348192N
Hav (I)
MB
THAPA
22 06 15

Number
Rank
Name
Date

*Delete in the case of Pistol I.A.F.O-1410 A to be used for Machine Guns and Light
Machine Guns.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
20

Assesment of damage and by whom (A)

Record of Inspections showing condition
to be borne on orders for disposal
on each handing over and each
inspection by A.I.

Officer‟s Date
Firearm Bayonet
Initials

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
21

Appx ‘C’ (Ref to para 9)

Sheet 1 of ………. (total No of sheets to be inserted) I.A.F.(EME) E-05 (Revised)

NUMERICAL ROLL OF SAs, MGs, MORTARS, BOMB THROWERS AND

MOUNTINGS

Unit ……………..

Date of last Inspection ……………… Date of current Inspection ………………

Notes :- 1.Unit will be prepare this form in duplicate for inspection by Unit
Armourer/ Field Repair Workshop and in triplicate for inspection by
Assistant Inspector of Armourers.
2. Unit will record total number of Arms held by types in Part I and
complete columns 1 to 5 in part II.
3. On completion of of inspection, one copy each (including continuation
sheets, if any) will be maintained by AIA will be sent to the maintening
field repair workshop for R-2 repairs.
4.Inspecting Officer will use abbreviations listed in EMER (I) SA/A 168
No. 2 while filling this form.Appendix „E‟ (Ref to Para 14) IAF (EME) E-20
(3 Sheet) (Revised).

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
22

PART I
DETAIL OF ARMS AND OTHER ITEMS ON CHARGE (to be entered by unit prior
to inspection)

Items Number on Number No. replaced Remarks*

Charge Inspected since last
Inspection

*Enter in this column reasons for not Signed ………………..

producing Arms for inspection.

(OC UNIT)

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
23

I.A.F.(EME) E-05 (Revised)

Sheet …………. Of (Total No. of sheets to be inserted)

PART II

Description Mark Regtl. Nos. in Regd No. Date of receipt Barrel gauging
Inspecting Officer‟s Sentence Bayonet Scbbardof arms and numerical in unit and
blemishes remarks (if N.F.W

Other items (Order conclude remarks

accordingly)

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
24

Appendix "D' (Ref to Para 9)

IAF (EME) E-20 (3 Sheet) (Revised)

ANNUAL INSPECTION REPORT ON SMALL ARMS, MACHINE

GUNS,MOUNTINGS, MORTARS AND MISCELLANEOUS EQPTS

Ref No ………………… Unit …………………............…..

Station ………………… Formation ………………............
Date of this Insp …………… Date of last Insp ………….........
All items sentenced due to misuse and neglect to be clearly indicated.
Those chargeable unit State CTU.
IAF (EME) E - 20- A to be attached where necessary.

No No Percentage
Details Mark Repairable By Unsv
On of Arms
of s examined
examined
Wea- Charg Unit Field Army andfound
pons e Factory
Base
and arms Wksp serviceable
Eqpt Wksp

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

CONTD
…

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
25

Registered numbers of complete weapons, and repair required or reasons for

condemnation are to be recorded under the appropriate workshop headings.
(a) Field Workshop.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) Army Base Workshop.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(c) List of arms damaged due to misuse and neglect.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(e) Unserviceable.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(f) Components noted for exchange .
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(g) Conditions of armourer shops and tools. Exchanges to be noted.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(h) Remarks on armourers (State if deficient).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(j) Is complete record of EMERs authorised to the unit maintained.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(k) Are the following maintained?
IAFZ-2102-Artificer repair book
IAFO-1410-Weapon history card

IAFO-1445-Record of action taken on ILCs, and Acs, Ais.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
26

CONTD
…

(l) Modification outstanding.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(m) Does any Incidence of repair Indicate faulty manufacture?
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(n) Was unit having difficulty is obtaining stores?
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(o) State why all arms have not been examined (if applicable)?
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(p) Action on paras (a)-(o) to be taken by OC unit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Station Inspecting Officer

Date
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(q) Remarks of OC EME BN/CEME/DADEME.

Station Inspecting Officer

Date
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(r) Remarks by OC unit.

Station
Date OC Unit
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
27

Appendix ‘E’ (Ref to para 9)

I.A. F. (EME) E-25 (Revision)

No………………… Station………………
Workshop………… Date ………………
Reference: Your Work Order (I.A.F.O.-1370) No…………Date………..
The following stores are sentenced BLR/BER due to fair/unfair wear and tear :-

Regd No Vocab Part No Nomeincature Quantity Reasons for

Section the
sentence

Misuse/Neglect report has/has not been initiated vide this Office

letter No ……………….. dated ……………

Inspected by Officer Commanding

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
28

NOTES

(a) The certificate will be prepared in quadruplicate and distributed as under :-

(i) Original - To accompany the demand for replacement of stores.
(ii) Duplicate - To accompany the items sentenced BGUN/unsv when
returning stores to Ordnance Salvage.
(iii) Triplicate - To be retained by the Unit.
(iv) Quadruplicate - To be retained by Workshop for record.
(b) The certificate will be signed OC Workshop or an Officer on his behalf.
(c) Separate certificate will be prepared for stores pertaining to different VAOS
Sections and for fair/unfair wear and tear.
(d) In case of stores sentenced BGUN/BER due to unfair wear and tear, action will
be taken in accordance with BR (I) Part I , para 52(i).

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
29

GENERAL - 4
MMG WEAPON PIT

Parichay
1. Larai ke maidan mein kisi bhi hathiyar ki qabiliyat ka pura faida uthane ke lie
zaruri hai ke firer aur hathiyar surakshit rakhen aur hathiyar apni arc mein ziada se
ziada fire dal sake. Isi mutabik MMG ke fire ka pura faida uthane le lie zaruri hai ke
MMG ke morche ki durust siting aur khudai ki jaye. Morche ka design aisa ho ki
hathiyar se kargar fire dala ja sake. Agar samay mile to jawanon ke rest karne ke liye
shelter banaye jaen aur sath sath over head cover bhi ho.

Uddesh
2. MMG ke ground role aur Anti aircraft role ke lie Weapon pit se jankari karana.

Pahunch
3. Is lesson ko do bhagon mein banta gaya hai :-
(a) Bhag I - Ground role mein MMG ka morcha.
(b) Bhag II - Anti aircraft role mein MMG ka morcha.

Bhag I : Ground Role Mein MMG Ka Morcha

4. Siting Ke Sidhant. MMG ke morche ko site karte samay niche likhi baton ko
madhyanazar rakhen :-
(a) Mila hua task pura kar sake.
(b) Fire ka parda nazdik aur zamin ke sath bane.
(c) Zimmewari ke ilaqe mein koi dabi zamin ho to use dusre hathiyaron se
cover kiya jae.
(d) Jahan tak ho sake position defileded ho aur gun enflade fire kar sake.
(e) Apne sath wali gun ke mutual support mein ho.
(f) Zamin aur hawai shatru se chhupao mein ho.

(g) Field of fire saaf ho.

(h) Kisi mashhur zamini nishan ke pass na ho.

(j) Sky line par na ho.
(k) Local protection ho.
(l) Agar zaruri ho to alternative position aur secondry position bana ho.
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
30

(m) Ho sake to over head protection ho.

(n) Ane jane ke raste chhupao mein hon.
5. Ground role ke lie MMG ke morche ki shakal aur dimeinsion (size) Sketch „P‟
mein dekhen.

MMG Pill Box

6. Kai ek fd area mein Infantry Battalion ko permanent defence mein def ikhtiar
karna parta hai. In defs mein MMG ke pill box banaye gaye hain jo weapon pit ke
ilawa living ke qabil bhi hain. Jab bhi pill box banaye jaen to dhyan mein rahe ke
MMG pure 270 degree ke arc mein fire kar sake. Pill box ka ek design sketch „R‟
mein diya gaya hai.

Bhag II : Anti Aircraft Role Mein MMG Ka Morcha

Siting Ke Sidhant.
7. Yunh to MMG anti aircraft def muhaiya nahin kar sakti prantu is ka fire niche
urne wale hawai jahaz, RPVs aur helicopters ke lie khatarnak sabit ho sakta hai. Def
mein aam taur par ack ack role ka task un gunon ko diya jata hai jo depth mein lagi
hon ya dushman ke unlikely approaches ko cover kar rahi hon. Ack ack role ke lie
MMG ka morcha choose karte samay niche likhi baton ko Madhya nazar rakhen :-
(a) Zamin aur hawai shatru se chhupao mein ho.
(b) Position aramdeh ho.
(c) Hawai jahaz ke ane wale raston par karger fire dal sake.
(d) Alarm signal ka bandobast ho.
(e) Position depth mein ho aur dusri gun ko madad de sake.
(f) Ho sake to ground role mein bhi fire kar sake.
8. Jahaz Ane Ke Raste. Dushman ke jahajon ko barbad karne ke lie yeh
nihayat hi zaruri hai ke hamein unke jahazon ki khsusiyat aur hamla karne ke dhang
se achhi tarah waqfiat ho. jo is parkar hai :-
(a) Badlon ke bich se aa sakta hai.
(b) Paharion ke gap se.
(c) Suraj ki oar se.
(d) Junglon ke gap se.
(f) Nadi nalon ke oar se.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
31

9. Unchai. Jab target se hawai jahaj 400 meter se 1500 meter dur hota hai
to uski unchai jamin se 1000 ft hoti hai aur target par panhuchte panhuchte iski
unchai 150 se 300 m reh jati hai aur yahi mauka hai ke in par fire karna chahiye.
10. Raftar. Aeroplane ki raftar teen parkar ki hoti hai:-
(a) Tej Gati : Jis jahaz ki raftar 830 kmph ya is se jiada ho jaise fighter
bomber.
(b) Madhyam Gati : Jin planes ki gati 365 kmph se 830 km/ph tak ho jaise
Dakota aur sawari jahaz.
(c) Dhimi Gati : Jin planes ki raftar 365 kmph ya is se kam ho jaise recee
heptr M- 18.
11. Target. Jab yeh dur se aata hua dikhai de to ek nukta target ke saman hota
hai. Lakin yeh kaisa target ban kar pesh aa sakta hai yeh zamin, mausam aur iski
rukh par nirbhar hai. Yeh kewal 2 ya 3 sec ke lie hoga.
12. Fire Karne Ka Tariqa. Ek MMG ka fire kabhi bhi jahaz ko barbad karne
mein saflata hasil nahin kar sakta. Is liye chahiye ke jo MMG aur LMG AA role mein
lagi ho sabhi ka fire jahaz ke ane aur jane wale raston par dala jae taki hit ka mauka
ban jaye. Is tarique ko house pipe method kahate hain.
13. Lead Hasil Karna. Dushman ke jahaz par karger fire dalne ke liye yeh zaruri
hai ke lead hasil karke fire dala jaye. Tej lead hasil karne ke liye apni sujbujh,
tajurbon aur sikhlai ke uper daromdar hai:-
(a) Tej gati ke jahaz ki lambai ki 30 guna.
(b) Madhyam gati ke lie 12 guna
(c) Dhimi gati ke lie 8 guna age.
14. Range. MMG ko hawai jahaz ke khilaf khare rukh mein karger rg 1000m hai
aur rear sight rg 200m.
15. A/A role mein mount karte samay dhyan mein rakhne wali baten :-
(a) Long leg age ho.
(b) Tripod high mount ho.
(c) Gas regulater ki setting „0‟ par ho.
(d) Cradle locking lever khula ho.
(e) Bracket ka screw khula ho.
(f) Front mounting pin apni taraf ho.
16. Anti aircraft role ke lie MMG ke morche ka naap aur shakal sketch „P‟ mein
dekhen.

Sankshep
17. MMG ke lie morche is parkar banaye gaye hain ki yadi sitting ke sidhanton ko
dhyanmein rakh kar morche ki jagah chuni jae toh larai mein gun ke fire ka pura faida
uthaya ja sakta hai.
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
32

Sketch ‘P’

(ref to para 7)

7‟ Plateform 9”-
12” depth
5‟ 2‟

4 1/2”

4‟ depth

depth
3 1/2” 9‟
3‟ Amn Bay

4‟
3‟
Shelter 2‟

5‟

GROUND ROLE KA MORCHA

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
33

Sketch ‘P’
(ref to para 7)

2’ 4’ 2’

8’

ANTI AIRCRAFT ROLE MEIN GUN KA MORCHA

4‟

4 1/2‟ 4 1/2‟

2‟ 2‟

ANTI AIRCRAFT ROLE MORCHE KA CUT SEC

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
34

GEN - 5
MMG SEC KE LIYE LOAD TABLE

Parichay
1. Jaisa ke aap ko malum hai ki hamare desh ki simaon ke aas pass ki bhumi
ek jaisi nahin hai. Larai aur tactical halat ko madhye nazar rakhte hue alag-alag
bhumi par MMG, amn aur sec ka saman bhumi ki banawat ke anusar alag-alag
tarikon se le jane ki avashaykta hogi. Waise to ham saman uthane aur le jane ki
pakki vidhi to nahin bata sakte, phir bhi is lesson ke dauran ek tajwiz shuda tarike se
saman ko load karne ki vidhi batai jayegi. Load karne wale Cdr ko yeh pata hona
chahiye ke action mein kaam ane wala pura saman aa gaya hai, saath hi Nos ko
bhi yeh malum hona chahiye ke kaun sa saman kahan rakha gaya hai takih zarurat
parne par us saman ko jaldi se nikal liya jaye aur action mein deri na ho. Is ke sath
sath yeh bhi yakin karna chahiye ke load kiye saman ko koi hani na pahunche.

Uddesh
2. MMG sec ke load table se waqfiat karana.

Pahunch
3. Yeh lesson char hisson mein banta gaya hai :-
(a) Bhag I Manushya dwara saman le jana.
(b) Bhag II Garion mein saman load karna.
(c) Bhag III Khachar dwara saman le jana.
(d) Bhag IV Kishti dwara saman le jana.

Bhag I : Manushya Dwara Saman Le Jana

MMG ko Man Pack Karke Le Jana

4. Aam taur par pahari ilaqe mein aur spl msns ke lie MMG ko man pack karke
hi le jana parega. Extra amn uthane ke lie ya to rif Coy mein bantna parega ya
ponies /porters ka intzam karna parega. No 1 tripod aur belt box uthata hai. Number
2 gun aur sight ko uthata hai. Number 3 do Belt box uthata hai.

5. Ek sec apni saman ko is prakar uthathi hai :-

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
35

Det Ka Saman

(a) Sec Cdr. Personal wpn (carbine), bayonet aur pouch amn. FC ka
pura saman - Binocular, Compass, Pointer staff, Map, Map case aur writing
material. Do Belt box.
(b) Det Cdr. Personal wpn (CMG) bayonet aur pouch amn. Darshak aur
Darshak lamp. Do Belt box.
(c) Gun No1. Personal wpn (9mm pistol) aur pouch amn. Tripod aur belt
box-1.
(d) Gun No 2. Personal wpn (9 mm CMG), bayonet aur pouch amn.
Gun aur spare part wallet.

Bhag II : Garion Mein Saman Load Karna

Jeep aur 2.5 Ton ke lie Load Tables

6. MMG sec ke liye koi garion ka permanent allotment nahin hota hai. Agar pure
sec ko ek veh mein le jana ho to uske liye 1x 2.5 Ton ki zarurat hogi. Is ke liye load
table Appx „B‟ mein diya gaya hai.
7. Pahari ilaqe mein ho sakta hai ke aap ko 1x 2.5 Ton ke bajae jeeps ya jonga
mein saman le jana pare. Ek jeep/jonga mein ek det ka saman aa sakta hain. Iske
liye load table Appx „A‟ mein diya gaya hai.
8. Saman ko veh mein load karte waqt in baton ko dhyan mein rakhen:-
(a) Heavy saman niche aur halka saman upar rakha jae.
(b) Sabse pehle istemal hone wala saman upar rakha jae.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
36

Bhag III : Khachar Dwara Saman Le Jana

9. Abhi tak saman ko gari, manushya dwara le jane ka tarika bataya gaya hai.
Pahari ilake mein jahan jeep ka bhi jana mushkil hota hai aur saman bhari hota hai,
us halat mein Khacher hi ek aisa sadhan hai jo ke MMG aur Amn ko asani se le ja
sakta hai.

10. Khachar Ke Prakar Khachar do prakar ke hote hain:-

(a) Mule Arty (MA) Yeh heavy saman uthane ke lie use kiya jata hai.
Yeh maidani ilake mein 154 kg aur pahari ilake mein 74 kg bhar uthane ki
shamta rakhta hai.
(b) Mule GS Yeh Mule GS maidani ilake mein 72.5 kg aur pahari ilake
mein 54.5 kg bhaar utha sakta hai. Ek Gun sec ka saman uthane ke liye 12
Mule GS ki zarurat parti hai. Ek det ke liye 6 khachar milte hai. Is ki bant is
parkar hai :-
(i) Gun Mule - 1
(ii) Amn Mule - 4
(iii) Misc - 1 (2x Belt box, Digging tools aur adm ka saman).

11. Is parkar chaar MMG sec ke lie 48 Khachar ki zarurat parti hai. Khachar ke
load ko teen parts mein banta jata hai. (Ref Appx „C‟)
(a) Left Load.
(b) Right Load.
(c) Top Load.

Mule Loading
12. Khachar Ko Load Karna. Jab adesh milta hai „Prepare to Load‟ to Nos
apne sthan par aa jate hain aur load ke adesh par No 1 aur No 2 milkar saman ko
load karte hain. Det cdr top load karke saman ko bandh deta hai.
13. Load Karte Samay Dhyan Mein Rakhne Wali Baten.
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
37

(a) Load thik bandha ho.

(b) Load dono taraf barabar ho.
(c) Khachar ke chalte samay awaz nahin ani chahiye.
(d) Koi bhi saman khachar ke badan ko nahin chubhna chahiye.
(e) Load karte samay khachar ke pichhe koi admi nahin hona chahiye.
(f) Char ghante se ziada khachar ke badan par load nahin rakhna
chahiye.
14. Unload. „Prepare to Unload‟ ke adesh par tamam Nos apne sthan par aa
jate hain. Sabse pehle top load utarte hain aur bad mein baki saman utarte hain.

Bhag IV : Kishti Dwara Saman Le Jana

15. Kai bar aise mauke bhi aa sakte hain jab ke river cross karte samay jawanon
ko saman kishti par load karke le jana pare. Is liye kishti ke load aur load karne ki drill
ka pata hona zaruri hai takih kisi prakar ki kathinayi ya hadsa na ho.

Boat Assault Universal Type (BAUT)

 BAUT - Aam Bayan Is Boat ka naam Boat Assault Universal Type IA hai. Yeh aluminium ka
bana hai. Is ke niche ki satah 6" hai. Boat ka naptol is parkar hai :-
 Wazan - 200 kg
 Lambai - 5.2 m
 Chaurai - 2.1m
 Gehrai - 570x510 mm.
 Baut Ke Sath Saman
 Chappu - 8 (4 ft).
 Boat hook - 1 (11 ft 7.5 inch).
 Life jacket - Zarurat ke anusar.
 Spike braiding (Khunta) - 1.
 Choke reel (Rassa) - 1.
 Bailer (Dhuni) - 1.
 Baut ke sath ek OBM (Out Board Motor) bracket bhi lagi hoti hai jis par 8.9 HP ka OBM lagaya
jata hai. Is ka wazan 34 kg hai. Baut ko uthane ke lie 6 jawanon ki zarurat parti hai agar ek
jagah se dusri jagah le jana ho. Ek ALS mein 8 baut ate hain lekin aam taur par 5 baut hi carry
kiye jate hain.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
38

16. Loading Capacity. Yeh BAUT 1400 kg weight ya 16 jawan pure saman
ke sath uthane ki shamta rakhta hai. Is samay free boat 310 mm rehti hai jo safed
rang se dekhai gai hai. Adhik se adhik 2300 kg ka wazan le jaya ja sakta hai aur us
samay free boat 200mm reh jati hai. Do kishti ko jorkar car ya Jeep bhi Gun ke sath
le ja sakte hai, aur free boat 300 mm hoti hai.
17. Load Karte Samay Dhyan Mein Rakhne Wali Baten.
(a) Loading se pehle kishti ko rope se bandha jae.
(b) Baut mein ziada saman load na karen.
(c) Saman aur admi dono taraf barabar ho.
(d) Gunon ka pura saman ek hi baut mein ho.
(e) Sab jawan life jacket pehne ho.
(f) Sab ke anklet, boot ka lace khula ho aur pouch ulta hona chahiye.
18. Ek MMG sec ko le jane ke lie ek BAUT ki zarurat hogi. Ek baut ke lie load
table Appx „D‟ mein diya gaya hai.
19. Kishti aur saman ko thik tarah se nadi ke paar le jane ke lie, kishti ko pani
mein thik tarah se chalane ka tariqa ana chahiye. Is ke liye pehle sec ko waterman
ship training kar lena chahiye.

Sankshep

20. Is lesson mein jo load table banaye gaye hain, yeh sujhao ke taur par hain,
larai ki halat aur zarurat ko dhyan mein rakh kar in mein change ki ja sakti hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
39

Appx ‘A’

JEEP/JONGA LOAD TABLE

Ser Saman Qty Wazan (Kg)

No
1. MMG - 1 24.700
2. Sight - 1 6.600
3. Darshak - 1 1.350
4. Darshak Lamp - 1 4.500
5. Det ke Jawan - 3 300.000
6. Belt box - 26 234.00
7. Net Cam - 1 6.300
8. Gainti - 1 3.600
9. Belcha - 1 1.800
10. Sand bags - 25 5.200

Total - 589.05

Note :- Teen Jawan Dvr ke ilawa hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
40

Appx ‘B’
2.5 TON VEH LOAD TABLE

S. No Saman Qty Wazan (Kg)

1. MMG - 2 49.400
2. Sight - 2 13.200
3. Darshak - 2 2.700
4. Darshak lamp - 2 9.000
5. Sec ka Jawan - 7 700.000
6. Spare part wallet - 2 2.000
7. Net Cam - 2 12.600
8. Gainti - 2 7.200
9. Belcha - 2 3.600
10. Sand bags - 50 10.400
11. Belt box - 52 468.000

Total 1278.100*

*Ho sake to AGS sec ka load bhi is mein adjust kiya ja sakta hai

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
41

Appx ‘C’

MULE LOAD TABLE

GUN MULE
LEFT LOAD RIGHT LOAD
Ser Saman Qty Wazan Saman Qty Wazan
1. Gun 01 10.500 Tripod 01 14.200

2. Net Cam 01 6.300 Sight 01 6.600

3. Darshak 01 1.350
4. Darshak Lamp 01 4.500
5. Sand Bags 15 3.120
Total 22.650 Total 23.920

TOP LOAD
Sand Bag 10 2.080 Kg
Total Wazan Gun Mule = 50.850 kg

AMN MULE
LEFT LOAD RIGHT LOAD
Ser Saman Qty Wazan Saman Qty Wazan
1. Belt box 3 27.000 Belt box 3 27.000
Total Wazan Amn Mule - 54.000 kg

MISC MULE
LEFT LOAD RIGHT LOAD
Ser Saman Qty Wazan Saman Qty Wazan
1. Belt box 01 9.000 Belt box 01 9.000
2. Shovel 01 1.800 Pickaxe 01 3.600
3. Sand bag 15 3.120 Sand Bag 05 1.400
Total 13.920 Total 14.000 kg
TOP LOAD
Sand Bag 05 1.400 Kg

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
42

Appx ‘D’
BAUT - EK SECTION KA LOAD

Ser Saman Qty Wazan (Kg)

No
1. MMG 02 49.400
2. Sight 02 13.200
3. Darshak 02 2.700
4. Darshak Lamp 02 9.000
5. Belt box 52 468.000
6. Shovel 02 3.600
7. Pickaxe 02 7.200
8. Net Cam 02 12.600
9. Sec Pers 07 700.000
10. Crew 02 200.000
11. Bill Hook 01 2.700
12. Spare Part Wallet 02 2.000
13. Sand Bag 100 20.000

Total 1490.4 kg

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
43

GEN-6

7.62mm MAG-58 KE DA TEMPLATE KI BANAWAT

Parichay

1. Ek sainik ki sikhlai ki prakh us ke larai ke maidan mein apne tgt ko sahi tariqe
se barbad karne ki qabliat par nirbhar karta hai. Is liye sainik ko larai se sambandhit
baton ki trg peace time mein dena zaruri hai. jis ke liye fd firing rg ka hona zaruri hai.

2. Aise bahut sare mauqe aate hai jab 7.62mm MAG 58 ka fire karna hota hai
aur fd fiing ke dauran ek tartib deni parti hai. Is liye zaruri hai ki hame in hathiyaron
ke DA template aur unke istemal ke bare mein jaankari ho.

Uddesh

3. 7.62mm MAG 58 ke DA template ke bare mein jankari dena hai.

Bhag

4. Lecture ko do bhagon mein sikhlaya jayega.

(a) Part-I DA template ki paribhashayen aur usul.
(b) Part-II DA template ki banawat.

Bhag-I : DA Template Ki Paribhashayen Aur Usul

Paribhashayen
5. Danger area. Yeh zamin ya paani aur inke upar wale hawai kshetr ke woh
hinsse hai jis ke upar kisi bhi nirdharit amn ka asar jaan aur maal ko nukshan
pahuncha sakta hai.
6. Firing point. Ground ya map par chune hue jagah jahan se ek wpn fire
karta hai to use firing point kahte hain, jab ek se ziada wpn single line se fire karte
hai to use fire line kahte hain, jab ek se ziada wpn alag alag posn se fire karte hain
(rectangular shape) to use firing area kahte hain.
7. Arc of fire. Yeh woh area hai jis mein wah hathiyaar fire karte hain.
8. Ricochet area. Yeh Arc of fire ke bahar wah area hota hai jis mein koi
projectile ricochet hone ke baad ja sakta hain.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
44

9. Burst safety area. Yeh area explode hone wale amn ke liye hota hai. Yeh
ricochet area ke bahar wah area hota hai jaha tak projectile explode hone ke baad
uske chharre ja sakta hai.
Usul
10. DA template aam taur par lambai aur chaurai meter mein, angle jo ke mils
mein darshaye jate hai. Yeh aamuman ek hathiyer ke fix line par fire karne ki jagah
se naapi jati hai.
11. Ricochet factors:-
(a) Jab goli kisi satah se takrati hai aur use koi paritiurja nahi hoti hai to
woh kisi bhi direction mein ja sakti hai use ricochet kehte hai.
(b) Yadi projectile 530 mils se kam angle mein kisi satah par takrata hai
aur blast ho kar disintegrate nahi hota hai to 800 mils ke angle tak kisi bhi
disha mein ja sakta hai.
(c) Jis rg par projectile ke girne ka kon 530 mils tak hoga to wah rg us amn
ka max ricochet rg (MRR) hoga. Projectile ke girne ka kon 530 mils ke liye
Wpn ko jo elevation diya jata hai, yadi wpn us elevation se ziada elevation
par fire karega to projectile ricochet nahi hoga. Isliye aise projectile jo ki higher
elevation par fire hote hai, ricochet nahin hote kyonki unka girne ka kon 530
mils se jaida hota hai eg mortar bomb.
(d) Kisi bhi hathiyer ka max rg max ricochet rg se ziada hota hai. Kyonki
max rg ke liye wpn higher elevation par fire karta hai. 7.62mm MAG 58 ka
max rg 3900 m aur MRR 2900 m hai.
(e) Projectile ricochet hone ke baad kis angle mein aur kitna duri tak
jayega yeh us satah par nirbhar karta hai jis par projectile takrane se ricochet
hota hai. satah do tarah ke hote hain.
(i) Hard surface
(ii) Soft surface
(f) Dahine /Bayen ricochet ki doori aur ricochet ka angles is prakar se
hai.

Ser Dahine /Bayen

Satah Ricochet Angle
No ricochet ki doori
1. Hard 1/4 MRR or 800 m Upto 800 mils
2. Soft 1/8 MRR or 400 m Upto 530 mils

12. Danger height:- Yadi Goli uran ke dauran ground ke upar kisi jaan ya
maal ko hani pahunchata hai to use danger height kehte hai. Vertex ht ya max
ricochet hight mein jo ziada hai wah us amn ki danger ht mani jati hai. 7.62mm MAG
58ke hard surface par max ricochet ht 1275m aur soft surface par 600m hai jo iska
Danger height bhi hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
45

Bhag-II : DA Template Banana

13. DA template banana. Nimn likhit sequence se DA template ko banaye.

(a) Step-I Human error Angle.
(i) Ek single centre line (firing point “A”) se khinche, yeh line fire
line ko darshati hai.
(ii) Firing point “A” se firing line ke sath 2900m ke liye scale ke
anusar duri napen aur ise point “B” se mark karen.
(iii) Point “B” par kisi bhi lambai ki ek line draw karen aur use “DC”
se mark karen. Line “AB” point “B” par is line ke 90 degree par hona
chahiye.
(iv) firing Point “A” se firing line ke dahine line “AC” aur baen taraf
line “AD” 40 mils ke angle par draw karen (40mils human error angle).
(b) Step-II Ricochet Angle.
(i) Point “A” par line “AD” aur line “AC” se 530mils ke kon par line
“AY” aur “AR” khinche.
(ii) Point C aur D par line AD aur AC se 800 mils ke kon par line CS
aur DZ khinchen.
(c) Step-III Ricochet Boundaries.
(i) Line AD ke parallel line WX aur YZ khinche. Line AD se line WX
ki duri 400 m (scale ke anusar) jo ki MRR ke 1/8 hai.Line AD se line
YZ ki duri 800 m ( scale ke anusar ) jo ki MRR se 1/4 hai.
(ii) Ishi tarah line AC se line PQ aur RS khinchen.
(d) Step-IV completed Template.
(i) Hard surface ke liye A-R-S-C-D-Z-Y-A mein samil hone wali line
ya naram satah ke liye A-P-Q-C-D-X-W-A line ko chorkar baki linon ko
mita den.
(ii) Line AC, AB aur AD 3900 m tak hona chahiye, kyonki 7.62mm
MAG-58 ka max rg 3900 m hai.
(iii) Sabhi kon aur scale distance ko check Karen.
(iv) DA template mein nimnlikhit details ko darshayen.
(aa) Calibre of amn.
(ab) Nature of amn.
(ac) Nature of tgt
(ad) Scale of template.
(ae) Owners name.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
46

(af) Firing point ( taki istemal karne wala DA template ko ulta

na rakh le).
(ag) QE applicable ( Taki istemal karne wale ko pata chale ki
nirdharit rg par surakhsha karanon ki wajah se diye hue
Quardrant Angle se ziada elevation par fire karna pratibandhit
hai ).
14. Yaad rakhne wali baaten. DA Template ko banate samay dhyan mein
rakhne wali baaten:-
(a) Yeh ek hathiyer ke liye ek samay aur ek jagah se kewal fixed line par
fire karne ke liye banaya jata hai.
(b) Template ka scale map ke anusar hona chahiye.
(c) Jo vyakti DA template taiyer kar raha ho wah map reading mein mahir
hona chahiye.
(d) Agar rg ko lekar ek bhi hard surface ati hai to DA template ko hard
surface ke mutabik taiyer kiya jayega. Firing point ka zamin humesha Soft
hona chahiye warna hard surface pe goli ke lagne se firer ko tute hue malabe
se khatra ho sakta hai
(e) Jab kabhi hathiyer arc mein fire kar raha ho to DA template arc ke kon
se banaya jayega.
(f) Kisi bhi purane template ka nakal ya sahayata na liya jae. Yeh ho sakta
hai sikud gaya ho.

(g) Apni marji se DA template mein koi bhi badlao na Karen.

(h) DA template ke kinare hamesha rg ke ander hi rahna chahiye.

(j) Dhyan rahe jab bahut se hathiyer se alag alag posn se fire kiya jar raha
hai to DA template ko anya hathiyeron ke template ke sath mila kar banaya
jaye.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
47

DA templated :Constr line ke saath

Final DA Template

Sankshep.
15. Fd firing ke dauran apni aur civilian ki suraksha ke liye DA template ke bare
mein janna bahut hi zaruri hai. Yeh bhi important hai ki high standard ki trg ke liye
bina kisi accident ke DA template ko taiyar kiya jaye.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
48

MECHANICAL HANDLING

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
49

MECHANICAL - 1
GUN AUR TRIPOD KA AAM BAYAN

Saman

1. Gun, Tripod, Belt box-1, Ground sheet, Pointer, Drill cartridges.

Prabandh

2. Gun mount ki hui aur zaruri saman nazdik rakha hua.

3. Suraksha Sambandhi Upay. Top cover catch ko dabate hue top cover ko
khara karo. Gun ko cock karo. Feed tray ko upar uthao. Body aur chamber ka
nirikshan karo. Top cover catch ko dabate hue top cover ko band karo. Chal wale
purzon ko aahista se age jane do. Ejection opening cover ko band karo. Raat ke
samay body aur chamber ka nirikshan ungali se chamber ko tatol kar kiya jayega.

Uddesh

4. Gun aur tripod ka aam bayan sikhlana.

Hisse

5. Yeh sabaq apko 2 hisson mein sikhlaya jayega.

Hissa - I : Gun ke Hisse

6. Gun ke mukhya hinsse:-

(a) Barrel Gp.

(b) Gun Body.

(c)Breech block and piston extn.

(d) Return spring and buffer tube.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
50

( i) (ii) ( iii) (iv) (v) (vi) ( vii) (viii) ( ix )

(x) (xi) (xii) (xiii) (xiv) (Xv)

The Gun (sectional arrangement)

(i) Flash Suppressor (ii) Foresight (iii) Gas Block

(iv) Barrel (v) Carrying Handle (vi) Feed Tray

(vii) Top Cover (viii) Rear Sight (ix) Buffer Tube

(x) Gas Regulator (xi) Barrel Nut Catch (xii) Trigger Guard

(xiii) Trigger (xiv) Pistol Grip (xv) Safety catch

7. Barrel Gp. Gun ke saath do barrel authorised hai. Barrel group ke hinsse :-

(a) Flash suppressor. Flash kam karne

(b) Barrel.

(i) Inner lining - Stellite Liner

(ii) Weight - 3.3 kilo grams

(iii) Length - 68 centimeter

(iv) Grooves - 04 Rt hand

(c) Foresight.
(i) Foresight blade. Do size me aata hai, 11.8mm aur 9.8mm.
zeroing ke dauran upar/neeche ki correction dene me kaam aata hai.

(ii) Foresight protector

(iii) Foresight housing block

(iv) Allen Screw. Zeroing ke dauran line correction dene ke kaam
aata hai.

(d) Gas Regulator Assy. Exhaust type gas regulator hai jo fire ki raftar
control karne me kaam aata hai.
(i) Gas Block. Barrel ko gas regulator ke saath jodta hai. Isme ek
gas vent hole diya gaya hai jisse gas brl se gas regulator me jata hai,
03x exhaust hole hai jo gas plug ke exhaust hole ke seedh me hai jisse

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
51

gas bahar nikalta hai aur ek cleaning hole hai jo gas vent ki safai ke
dauran kaam aata hai.

(ii) Gas Plug. Gas block se gas Gas cylinder me gas plug dwara
jata hai. Isme ek vent hole aur 03 x exhaust hole hai.

(iii) Gas Regulator Sleeve. Ye aage-peeche ki harqat karta hai

aur gas block ke teeno gas exhaust hole ko band ya kholta hai . „0‟
setting me teeno exhaust hole poori tarah band ho jata hai.

(iv) Adjusting knob. Gas regulator setting ko adjust karne kaam

aata hai

(v) Split Collar

(e) Carrying Handle Assy.

(i) Carrying Handle

(ii) Actuating lug. Carrying handle ko barrel ke saath lock karta

hai.
Foresight Protector
Foresight

Foresight Housing Allen Screw

Block

Flash Suppresser

Flash Suppressor and Foresight

Gas Regulator

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
52

Handle Stem

Actuating Lug

Carrying Handle

8. Gun Body.
Sling Swivel
Barrel Support

Gas Cylinder Piston

Gascylinder

( i) ( ii) (iii) ( iv) ( v)

( viii) ( vii)( vi)

( ix )

(x )

( xi )

( xv )( xiv )
( xii )

( xx )( xix )( xviii )

( xxi )

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
53

(i) Bullet Guide (ii) Ejection Slot (iii) Cocking handle (iv) Locking cams
slide
(v) Cocking (vi) Locking (vii) Ejection opening (viii) Barrel nut
handle shoulder cover catch
(ix) Rear sight (x) Positional lug (xi) Safety catch (xii) Locking
recess
(xiii) Pistol grip (xiv) Trigger gd (xv) Trigger (xvi) Barrel bg
(xvii) Flats (xviii) Housing front (xix) Rear mounting pin (xx) Retaining pin
mounting pin
(xxi) Dust cover

(a) Barrel Supporter. Brl ko support deta hai

(b) Gas Cylinder. Piston head iske andhar hota hai.

(c) Barrel Nut Catch. Barrel ko gun body ke saath jodta hai

(d) Bullet Guide. Bullet ko chamber me dakhil karne me madad karta hai.

(e) Ejection Slot. Bullet isme se eject hota hai

(f) Cocking handle slide and cocking handle. Piston extention ko
peeche khichne kaam aata hai.
(g) Locking Cam & Locking Shoulder. Breech block ke locking me
madad karta hai.

(h) Top Cover. Feed mechanism iske andar hota hai.

(j) Top Cover Catch. Top cover kholne kaam aata hai

(k) Feed Tray. Belt ko iske upar rakha jata hai.

(l) Positional lug. Top cover ko band karne.

(m) Rear Sight. Shist lene kaam aata hai

(n) Rear mounting Pin. Gun ke pichle hisse ko tripod ke saath jodne
ke kaam aata hai.

(o) Housing Front Mounting Pin. Gun ke agle hisse ko tripod ke saath
jodne ke kaam aata hai.

(p) Pistol Grip. Laying aur firing ke dauran gun ko grip karne.

(q) Ejection opening Cover. gun ke andhar wale hisse ko dhool se

bachane ke kaam aata hai.

(r) Safety Catch. Iske do position hai , Safe‟ aur„Fire‟.

(s) Trigger. Fire karne dabaya jata hai

(t) Trigger Guard. Trigger ko suraksha pradan karta hai.

(u) Retaining Pin. Pistol grip ko body se jodta hai

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
54

9. Breech Block and Piston Extension.

(a) Extractor. Chamber se round ya cart case bahar nikalne ka kaam
aata hai
(b) Ejector. Extract hua round ya cart case ko eject karta hai

( i) ( ii) (iii)

( v) ( vi) (vii) ( viii) (iv) (ix )

( xi ) (xii) (x )

( xiii )

Breech Block And Piston Extension

(i) Extractor (ii) Ejector (iii) Actuating stud

(iv) Vent (v) Ejection slot (vi) Feed horns

(vii) Breech block (viii) Locking lever link (ix) Guides

(x) Firing pin (xi) Guides (xii) Locking Lever

(xiii) Piston Post

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
55

(c) Actuating Stud. Feed mechanism ke chaal ko jaari karta hai.

(d) Ejection Slot. Iske jariye khali khokha niche girta hai.
(e) Feed Horn. Feeding ke dauran rd ko link se alag karta hai
(f) Breech Block. Firing ke dauran breech ko band karta hai.
(g) Locking Lever. Breech block ko lock karta hai.
(h) Locking Lever Link. Locking lever ko piston extn se jodta hai aur
locking lever ke harqat me madad karta hai
(j) Guides. Breech block aur piston extension ko apne harqat ke
dauran sidhaai deta hai.
(k) Firing Pin. Rd ke primer par chot marta hai.
(l) Piston extension. Ye piston head, piston aur piston post se bana hota
hai.
10. ReturningSpring and Recoil Buffer.
(a) Recoil Buffer recoil ke dhakke ko jajab karta hai.
(b) Returning Spring. Piston extension ke aage ki harqat me madad
karta hai. Iske andhar telescopic rod hai.

Buffer
Buffer Body
Body
Securing Nut
Guides

Buffer Plate

Braking Cone

Securing Bellywelly Washers

Catch

Recoil Buffer

Hissa – II

11. Tripod ka Aam Bayan

(a) Naam Tripod mounting 7.62 mm L4 A1.
(b) Faida Is ke upar gun ko mount kiya jata hai.
(c) WazanIs ka wazan 14.2 kg hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
56

12. Tripod ke Hisse Is ke do part hain:-

(a) Tangen (Legs)
(b) Cradle

Tripod

13. Tangen. Tripod ki tangen clutch plate ke dwara pivot ke sath jori gayi hai
aur clamping handle se kahsa jata hai. Pivot par direction dial diya gaya hai jisme
3200mils dahine aur bayen khude hue hain. Cradle ke neeche wala pointer cradle
aur dial ke beech ke angle ko zahir karta hai.

14. Cradle.
(a) Cradle pivot aur ball socket ke saath jora gaya hai.
(b) Recoil unit firing ke dauran dhakke ko saharta hai.
(c) Cradle Locking Lever Is ko kholne se gun charon oar ghumti hai
aur kasne se ek jagah par kayam rahti hai.
(d) Front Mounting Pin Is ke zariye gun ke aage wala bhag ko
tripod ke saath jora jata hai.
(e) Deflection Drum Cradle ke back aur right side laga hua hai. Jo shist
ko dahine ya baen ki mamuli galti ko dur karne ke kaam ata hai. Deflection
drum ko bahar khinchne se click system par hota hai. Is ke ander kul 98 click
hote hain. Ek click do mils ya 7 min ke barabar hota hai. Is se kul 11 degree
ka traverse de sakte hain.
(f) Elevation Drum Cradle ke back aur right side laga hua hota hai. Is
se gun ko bina cradle locking lever khole elevation aur depression de sakte
hain. Is par ek elevation catch laga hua hai, Jo drum ko ghumne se rokta hai.
Elevation catch ko niche karne se drum ko ghumaya ja sakta hai. Elevation
drum se gun ko ek samay par 5 degree tak elevation ya depression de sakte
hain.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
57

(g) Socket. Cradle ke left bar ke sath ek socket hai jis par sight ke
bracket ko lagaya jata hai. Bracket ko lagane ke liye wing nut ko loose karo
aur bracket ke ander wale stud ko kataw mein rakhte hue pura age jane do.
Wing nut ko kas do. Kholne ke liye is se opposite karwai karen.

Cradle with Bracket

15. Abhyas. Abhyas sawal jawab se.

Sankshep

16. Saheban Is lesson mein aapne gun ka aam bayan, gun kis tarah kam karti hai,
gun ke chhote purjon ke bare mein sikha jis se aap ko MMG ki baki handling mein,
chal ko samjhane, roke padne par use dur karne mein aasani hogi.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
58

MECHANICAL - 2

CHAL - I

Saman

1. Gun - 2, Tripod - 2, Ground Sheet, sanketak, Belt box 1, Drill cart, Links.

Prabandh

2. Gun mount aur zaruri saman nazdik rakha hua.

Uddesh

3. Gun mein pichhe ki chal sikhlana.

Parichay

4. MMG Infantry battalion ka kafi bharose wala aur kabiliyat wala weapon hai,
zaruri haiki is ki kabiliyat ka pura faida uthane ke liye is gun ki chal aur chal mein
kam karne wale purjon ke bare mein pura gyan hona chahiye, taki mauka parne par
is gun mein parne wale rok ko dur kar sake aur gun ka pura faida le sake.

Hisse

5. Yeh sabaq aap ko do hisson mein sikhlaya jayega.

Hissa - I : Breech ka Unlock Hona aur Case ka Niche Girna

6. Taiyar. Pehli gun khuli rakhi hui dusri gun par ek rd wala belt bhara hua
aur gun cock.
7. Chal Mein Kaam Karne Wale Purze. Gas vent, Gas regulator, Gas
cylinder, piston head, ejector, extractor, ejection slot, locking lever, locking lever link,
firing pin, breach block, returning spring aur telescopic rod, body cam, belt ka pehla
round.
8. Chal. Jab goli fire hoti hai (trigger dabao top cover khara karo, ejection
opening cover ko band karo), kuchh gas, gas vent aur gas regulator se hoti hue gas

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
59

cylinder main aa jati hai aur piston head par dhakka lagati hai. Jis se piston pichhe
dabta hai, saath hi piston head pichhe jana start karta hai to firing pin bhi pichhe
khinch jati hai. Saath hi returning spring aur telescopic rod bhi pichhe dabta hai.
Piston ki ziada harkat se parts 5/8 inch pichhe aata hai lekin breech lock hi rehta hai.
Jab tak ki bullet gas vent se muzzle tak ka rasta tay na kar le.
9. Piston ki continuous back action se locking lever link apne axis par aage aur
upar ghumta hai. Saath hi locking lever ko body cam se upar uthata deta hai. Is
samay breech jhatke se thora pichhe aata hai. Jo ki case ko pichhe lane mein madad
deta hai. Isi jhatke se breech pura unlock ho jata hai. Breech block ki pichhe ki
harqat ke dauran extractor chamber mein se khali case ko pichhe lata hai. Jab
chamber se khali case azad ho jata hai to ejector usko breech block ke muh se
ejection slot dwara niche gira deta hai.

Breech ka Unlock Hona aur Case ka Niche Girna

Hissa - II : Cock Hona

10. Taiyari. Ek gun ka top cover khara kiya hua, dusri gun khuli rakhi hui.

11. Chal mein Kaam Karne Wale Purze. Piston, sear aur piston ka katao.

12. Chal. Jab recoil wale purze teji se pichhe aate hain to sear upar uth jata hai
aur piston ke katao mein phas jaata hai, jis se recoil wale purze aage jane se ruk
jaate hain aur gun cock ho jaati hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
60

Cock Hona

Sankshep

13. Agar aap gun ki chal ko acchi tarah se jante hai to larai ke maidan men ya kisi
competition men gun mein parne wali rokon ko pahachan kar unko jaldi se jaldi dur
karne mein asani hogi.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
61

MECHANICAL - 3
CHAL - II

Saman
1. Gun 2, Tripod 2, Ground Sheet, Chhota aur bara sanketak, Belt box 1, Drill
cartridges, Links.

Prabandh
2. Gun mount aur zaruri saman nazdik rakha hua.

Uddesh
3. Gun mein aage ki chal sikhlana.

Hisse
4. Yeh sabaq teen hisson mein sikhlaya jaega.

Hissa - I : Feed mein Purzon Ki Chal

5. Taiyari. Pehli gun par do round wala belt bhar karo aur gun ko cock karo,
saath hi top cover ko khara karo. Dushri gun khuli rakhi hui.
6. Chal mein Kaam Karne Wale Purze. Belt ka pehla round, dusra round,
cartridge stop, bullet guide, cartridge guide, outer poll, feed arms, feed arms channel,
actuating stud, trigger, trigger sear spring, piston, piston extension, returning spring
aur telescopic rod, extractor aur feed horn.
7. Chal. Jab gun fire ke liye taiyar hoti hai to belt ka pehla round chamber ki
sidh mein cartridge stop aur cartridge guide ki pakar mein hota hai. Dusra round
outer pawl ki pakar mein hota hai. Is samay actuating stud feed arms channel men
phansa hota hai. Trigger ko dabane se sear ki nose niche dab jati hai jis se piston
extension free ho jata hai aur returning spring telescopic rod ki help se chal wale
purze agechale jaate hai. Isi dauran feed horns cartridge ke base par dabao dalta
hue round ko link se alag karke bullet guide ki sahayata se chamber mein dakhil kar
deta hai. Extractor round ke pende par mount ho jata hai aur ejector dab jata hai.

Hissa- II : Breech Ka Band Hona aur Pehli Goli ka Fire hona

8. Taiyari. Chamber main round, Top cover khara kiya hua aur dusri gun khuli
hui.
9. Kaam kerne wale Purze. Chamber wala round, locking lever, body cam,
breech block, piston extension, locking lever link, firing pin, locking shoulder.
10. Chal. Jab round chamber main chala jaata hai to locking lever body cam ki
force se pura niche dab jaata hai. Jis se breech block ki age ki harkat slow ho jaati
hai. Lekin piston extension aur bhi aage jaata hai. Jis ke karan locking lever link
niche aur pichhe ghumta hai. Saath hi locking lever ko uski puri length tak locking
shoulder ke aage ki oar dabata hai. Jis se round breech ke munh mein aa jaata hai
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
62

aur breech band (lock) ho jaata hai. Piston aur piston extension ki aage wali
movement se firing pin ko aage dabati hai jisse firing pin breech block ke mouth se
nikal kar cartridge ke pende par thokar marti hai, jis se first bullet fire ho jate hai.

Breech Ka Band Hona aur Pehli Goli ka Fire hona

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
63

Hissa - III : Bad wali Golion ka Fire Hona aur Bursts ka Ant Hona

11. Taiyari. Gun ko bhar karo (6 round wala belt) Gun ko cock karo, Number
2 gun khuli hui.
12. Chal main kaam Karne wale Purze. Trigger, sear, Trigger sear spring,
piston ka katao, piston, pahla round, bad wale rounds.
13. Chal. Jab trigger par continues pressure rakha jata hai to sear ki nose niche
dab jati hai, sear ke niche dabe rehne se recoil mechanism free rehta hai, jis se gun
mein continuous feed ki karwai, baad wali golion ka fire hona, khali cases ka bahar
aana, aur links ka dahine girnaki karwai jari rehti hai.
14. Jab trigger se dabao hataya jaata hai to trigger sear spring trigger ko age ki
oar press karti hai sath hi sear ko upar ki oar uthata hai, Jisse sear piston ke katao
main phans jata hai, aur recoil mechanism pichhe ruk jata hai. Aur bursts ka end ho
jata hai.

Sankshep

15. Agar aap gun ki chal ko achhi tarah se jante hai to larai ke maidan men ya kisi
competition mein gun mein parne wali rokon ko pahachan kar unko jaldi se jaldi dur
karne mein asani hogi.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
64

MECHANICAL - 4
CHAL - III

Saman
1. Gun, Tripod, Belt box-1, Drill cartridge, Links, Ground sheet, Sanketak.

Prabandh
2. Gun mount aur zaruri saman nazdik rakha hua.

Uddesh
3. Recoil ki harkat ke dauran purzon ki chal sikhlana.

Hisse
4. Yeh sabaq apko teen hisson mein sikhlaya jayega.

Hissa - I : Recoil Ki Harkat Ke Dauran Feed Mechanism Ki Chal

(i) Top cover catch

(ii) Feed arm channel
(iii) Inner pawl
(iv) Cartridge guide
(v) Cartridge stop
(vi) Feed tray
(vii) Fork
(viii) Outer pawl
(ix) Roller
(x) Feed arm retaining spring
(xi) Spring top cover catch

Feed Mechanism Assembly

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
65

5. Age Ki Chal Ke Liye Taiyari. Do round wala belt bhar karo. Top cover ko
khara karo. Gun ko cock karo.
6. Chal mein kaam karna wale Purze. Breech block, actuating stud, feed
arm channel, feed arm, inner paul, outer paul, aur belt ka dusra round.
7. Chal. Breech block ke aage ki harkat ke dauran actuating stud feed arm
channel mein phansa rahta hai, aur wah feed arm ki movement shuru karata hai aur
usko dahine ki oar dabata hai. Isi samay inner pawl left ki oar movement karta hai
aur belt ke dusre round ke upar se khisak kar use pakar leta hai. Outer pawl is
samay round ko dahine ki oar toda push karta hai magar round poori tarah chamber
ke seedh me nahi aata. Ab is samay inner aur outer pawl dono us round ko pakre
hote hain jo iske bad fire hona hai.
8. Pichhe Ki Chal Ke Liye Taiyari. Gun ko bhar karo aur char round wala
belt bhar karo, cock karo aur trigger press karo, Top cover ko up karo.
9. Chal. Breech block ke pehle do inch pichhe ke movement ke dauran
actuating stud feed arm ke front wale sire ko dahine se baen ki oar dabata hai jis se
inner pawl dahine oar chalta hai aur saath hi dusre round poori tarah chamber ke
seedh me lata hai. Isi dauran outer paul baen ko movement karta hai aur belt ke
dusre round ke pichhe lag jata hai.

10. Abhyas Upar wale kaam ka abhyas lo.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
66

Feed mechanism ki chal

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
67

Hissa - II : Trigger Mechanism ki Chal.

Trigger Group

11. Taiyari. Trigger mechanism aur recoil mechanism khula rakha hua.

12. Chal mein kam karne wale Purze. Piston ke niche aur pichhe wali
satah, Trigger, Trigger sear, Tripping lever, Tripping lever ka katao, Trigger aur sear
spring, Sear actuating bar, Sear tail, Returning spring aur Telescopic rod.

13. Chal. Piston extension ki pichhe ki harkat ke dauran piston ki pichhe aur
niche wala hissa tripping lever ko turn karta hai saath hi us ko sear tail se free karati
hai jis se sear nose piston extension ke dabao se kuchh samay ke liye niche dab
jaata hai. Isi harkat ke dauran tripping lever wapas apne sthan par aa jaata hai. Ab
trigger ko dabana se tripping lever sear ki tail ko pakarne ke liye taiyar ho jaata hai.
Jab piston ka katao sear nose ki sidh mein aata hai to sear piston ke katao mein
phans jaata hai aur recoil aage jane se ruk jata hai. Ab trigger ko dabane se trigger
spring aur sear niche ki oar dab jata hai. Saath hi tripping lever bhi niche dabta hai.
Ab sear actuating bar sear ki tail ko tab tak upar ki oar uthati hai jab tak ki sear tail
tripping lever ke up wale bend mein na phans jae. Is se sear nose bhi niche ki oar
dab jaati hai jis se piston extension sear nose se free ho jaata hai aur returning
spring aur telescopic rod ki help se chal wale purze aage chale jate hain.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
68

Piston Ke Peeche Ki Harkat Dauran Triping Lever Ki Harkat

Trigger Par Dabav Padne Par Harkat

Hissa - III : Safety Catch Ki Chal

14. Chal mein kaam karne wale Purze. Safety catch ka katao, Safety Catch,
Sear aur Sear lug.

15. Chal. Safety catch ke andar ek recesses hota hai. Aur sear ke andar ek
sear lug hoti hai. Jab safety catch ki position 'F' par hoti hai to sear apna work karne
ke liye azad hota hai kyonki is samay sear lug ke sidh me safety catch ka katao hota
hai. Jab safety catch 'S' par lagate hain to sear apna kaam karne ke liye azad nahin
hota hai kyonki safety catch ka katao sear lug ki sidh mein nahin hota. Jab sear
niche ki posn mein ho to safety catch harkat nahin karta kyonkih sear lug safety
catch ke katao mein phansa hota hai. Safety catch 'S' par ho to gun cock nahin kar
sakte kyonki piston ke niche aur pichhe wali place sear ke saath takra jati hai. Saath
hi sear ko loss ho sakti hai.
16. Abhyas. Class se upar wale hisse ka abhyas lo.

Sankshep

17. Agar aap gun ki chal ko achhi tarah se jante hon to larai ke maidan mein ya
kisi competition men gun men parne wali rokon ko pahachan kar unko jaldi se jaldi
dur karne mein asani hogi.
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
69

MECHANICAL - 5

SIGHT UNIT 102 A/B KA AAM BAYAN

Saman

1. Gun, Tripod, Sight unit 102 A/B, Landscap target ya zamini nishan, Chhota
aur bara sanketak.

Prabandh

2. Gun mount aur sifar line ka nishan chuna hua.

Surakasha Sambandhi Upay

3. Mechanical - 1 ka saman.

Class ko baithne ki tartib

4. Mechanical -1 ki tarah.

Period

5. Do (ek period 40 min ka).

Uddesh

6. Sight unit 102A/B ka aam bayan aur use karna sikhlana.

Parichay

7. Is sight ko Number 2 prayog mein lata hai.

Hisse

8. Yeh sabaq teen hisson mein sikhlaya jayega.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
70

Hissa - I : Sight Unit 102 A/B ka Aam Bayan

9. Sight Unit 81mm 102A/B Mor ka hai aur isse MMG par sight C2 ke badle
istemal kiya jata hai. Issight ki madad se indirect fire kiya ja sakta hai.

(a) Weight- Sight unit102A ka 6.6 Kg, Sight unit 102 B ka 6.75 Kg (Both
with case).
(b) Sight ka weight - 2.5 Kg (Both without case).
(c) Height - 175 mm.
(d) Length - 125mm.
(e) Telescopic ki length - 85mm.
(f) Eye clearance - 20 mm.
(g) Magnification - 3x.
(h) Field of view - 12012‟.
10. Faida. Isse hum raat ke fire aur kharab mosam mein unachi aur disha
ko kayam rakha jaata hai isse hum kisi target ka angle of sight aur ek target se dusre
target ka disha ka kon par sakte hain aur laga sakte hain.

11. Hisse Purzon ke Naam aur Faide. (Ustad bayan ke sath namuna do).

( i)

( xv ) (ii)

( xiii) (iii)

( xiv ) ( ix ) (iv)

(x ) (v )

( xii ) ( viii) (vi)

( xi ) ( ix ) (vii)

( xii i)
(i) Rubber eye guard (ii) Telescope (iii) Upper scale

(iv) Sloping scale (v) Bracket catch (vi) Bracket

(vii) Cross levelling bubble (viii) Elevation drum (ix) Deflection drum

(x) Dovetail adaptor (xi) Elevation bubble (xii) Indicator

(xiii) Rough sight alignment (xiv) Lower thumb screw (xv) Upper thumb screw

(a) Telescope. Yeh sight ke upar laga hua hai. Is ke andar ek cross bana
hua hai. Isse shist ko kayam rakha jaata hai. Is ke bayen aur upar thumb screw
laga hua hai.jis ko loose karne se telscope right left ki harkat karta hai. Is ke

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
71

niche lower thumb screw hai. Jis ko dhila karne se telescope upar niche ki
harkat karta hai.

(b) Eye Pieces. Yeh eyes ko support dene ke kaam aata hai.
(c) Objective Glass. Isse aage wala illqa nazar aata hai.
(d) Deflection Dail aur Deflection Drum. Yeh direction lagane aur parne
ke kaam aata hai.
(i) Deflection Dial. Is mein 0 degree (zero) se 35 degree tak
no's line aur lakiren hain. Is mein do scale hain, upper scale mortar ke
drill mein kaam aata hai, yah barrel aur sight ke beech ke angle ko zahir
karta hai. Lower scale ko slipping scale kehte hai aur is mein MMG ke
liye disha lagai aur padi jaati hai, ek lakir se dusari lakir 10 degree ko
jahir karti hai. Jo ki 1, 2, 3, 4…. is prakar se khodi gai hain. Scale per
laga locking lever kholne se slipping scale azaad ho jaata hai jisse
telescope ke kisi bhi position par 0 set kiya ja sakta hai. Scale ke baen
ek pointer hai, jo disha parne ke kaam aata hai.
(ii) Deflection Drum. Yeh sight par do hain, jis par 0 se 9 deg tak
hisse aur lines marked hai. Ek lakir se dusari lakir 10 minute, thodi badi
lakir 30 minute ko, 1 degree ke lie ank tatha line marked hai. Drum ke
turn se dail ke reading mein change aata hai. Reading lagane aur parne
ke lie ek pointer hai. Isse drum ko zero kar sakten hain. MMG ke drill
mein sirf apni taraf wala drum ka istemal kiya jata hai. Dono drum per 10
degree tak disha laga sakten hain.

(iii) Cross . Yeh shist lene ke kaam aata hai, telescope ke pichhe
lamp holder lagaya hua hai jis per light lead lagane se telescope ke
andar roshani jaati hai.
(e) Quick Release. Apne taraf wale drum ko left ki oar press se dail
free ho jaata hai. Jab disha mein 10 degree se jaida change karna ho to is ka
istemal karte hain.
(f) Elevation Scale aur Elevation Drum. Is ki help se gun per elevation
aur depression laga sakte hain.
(i) Elevation Scale. Is per 40 degree se 80 degree tak hisse aur
lines khodi gai hai. Ek lakir se dusari lakir 10 degree ko jahir karti hai. 45
degree lagane se sight parallel ho jati hai, is ko hum 0 mante hai. Unchai
nichai ko parne ke lie ek lal lakir lagai gai hai. 0 degree se 45 degree tak
unchai aur 0 se 15 degree tak nichai laga sakten hain. Lagane ke liye
bayen taraf ek pointer hai.
(ii) Elevation Drum. Yeh drum bhi deflection drum ki tarah hi hai.
(g) Bubble. Is par do bubble hai upar wala bubble gun ko unchai nichai
ke lie aur niche wala bubble gun ko nahamwar bhumi per gun ko hamwar karne
ke kaam aata hai.

15. Abhayas Upar wale kaam ka abhyas lo.

16. Sight Mount aur Dismount (Ustad class ko sight ko mount aur dismount
karna batao).
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
72

Hissa - II : Shist lena

17. (Ustad kneeling posn se namuna den). Sight ke all pointer ko zero par karo.
Right left karne ki zarurat ho to gun deflection drum se aur upar niche karne ki
zarurat ho to telescope se kiya jaata hai. Sabhi jawano ko kisi nishan par shist le kar
dikhao. (Har dusre student ke baad shist ko check karen).

18. Abhyas. Toli se abhyas lo.

Hissa - III

19. Bty aur Compartment. Yeh ek torch type bty cylinder hota hai jis mein ON
/OFF swich hai. Switch 'ON' karne se roshni deta hai aur 'OFF' karne se roshni nahi
deta hai.Iske do lead hain aur inke last shire par lead head hai jo ki bulb par mount
kiya jata hai. Ismain 1.5 Volt ki do bty hoti hai.

20. Case mein Band Karna. Yeh box iron ka bana hua hai jis main sight ko
band kiya jata hai. Ismain ek bty cylinder hai jis mein 1.5V ki chaar bty rakhi jaati
hain.

21. Abhyas. Upar wale kaam ka abhyas lo.

Sankshep

22. Saheban Is lesson mein aap ko sight unit ke bare mein sikhaya gaya. Is lesson
ke zariya aap kisi tgt ka data note kar sakate hai ya koi note kiya hua data lagakar
target barbad karne aur raat ke samay tgt barbad karne mein aasani hogi.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
73

MECHANICAL - 6
CREW SERVED WEAPON SIGHT

Parichay

1. 7.62mm MAG 58 se hum din ke samay mein open sight se fire kar sakte hain.
Lekin kharab roshni aur andhere mein fire karte samay hum sight unit 102 A/B ka
istemal kar sakte hain. Is sight unit ki sab se bari kami yeh hai ke is se hum bina
unchai aur disha laga kar fire nahin kar sakte hain.Is liye hamein din ke samay data
nikalna padta hai.
2. Is liye ek sight ki zarurat mehsus ki gayi jis se hum raat ke samay direct fire
kar saken. Vhibhin prakar ke night vision devices ka istemal karne ke baad IRDE,
Dehradun ne Crew Served Weapon Sight (Passive) ko MMG ke sath istemal karne
ke liye banaya.
3. CSWS (Passive) ek chhota halka aur ek upyogi yanter hai. Is ki madad se
hum raat ke samay MMG se ya kharab roshni mein dekhbhal se fire kar sakte hain.
Is mein target ko ill karne ki zarurat nahin padti.

Uddesh

4. CSWS se waqfiat aur zeroing karne ka tarika sikhlana hai.

Bhag

5. Yeh lec char bhagon mein sikhlaya jaega.

Bhag - I : Chalne ka SIdhant

6. Yeh „Image Intensification‟ ke sidhant mein kaam karta hai jo kudhrati roshni ko
badakar dikhata hai.
7. Kudrati roshni se kaam karne ke karan iske nimnlikhit faide hai:-
(a) Alag se roshni ke srot ki zaroorat nahi.
(b) Kam bijli ki khapat.
(c) Dushman ke night vision devices se dikhai nahi dega.
8. Image intensification se aur advance technology ke sights bhi aate hain jo
Thermal Imagery ke sidhant pe kaam karta hai jo garmi ke tarangon (Infra red rays)
ko detect karta hai. Image Intensification ke nimnlikhit nuksaan hai:-
(a) Agar kudhrati roshni na ho to iska istemal nahi kiya ja sakta.
(b) Dhund padne par aage ka ilaqa nahi dikhai deta.
(c) Iska size bada hota hai taki zyada se zyada kudhrati roshni andhar aa
sake.
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
74

Bhag -II : Aam Bayan

9. Banawat. Is instrument ko teen bare hisson mein bantaa gaya hai.
Objective glass assy, housing assy aur eye piece assy.

( i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) (viii) (ix)

(i) Eye Piece (ii) Focussing ring (iii) Graticule Adjuster

(iv) Graticule control knob (v) Bracket Mount (vi) Housing Assembly

(vii) Objective Glass Assembly (viii) Metallic Hood (ix) Rubber Cap

CSWS ka chitra

(a) Objective Glass Assy. Yeh aluminum dhatu ka bana hua hota hai.
Isse yanter ke ander roshni jati hai. Is ka dia 140 mm hai. Itne bare dia ka
faida yeh hai ki ziada se zaiada kudrati roshni yanter ke ander ja sakti hai.
Objective glass assy ke mukhya hisse is prakar se hain :-
(i) Metallic Hood. Yeh age ki oar laga hota hai. Is ki wajah se
dahine baen ki faltu roshni yanter ke ander nahin jati.
(ii) Rubber Cap. Yeh barish , mitti aur dhundh ko yanter ke ander
jane se rokta hai. Isse din ke samay laga kar rakha jata hai. Is cap mein
surakhon ke teen set hain . Har set mein 3 alag alag size ke 3 surakh
hain. Maujuda roshni ke mutabik hum surakh ka chunao knob ke
zariye karte hain. Is ki madad se hum CSWS ka istemal din ke samay
trg aur zeroing ke liye kar sakte hain.

(b) Housing Assy. Is ke ander roshni ko badhane wali ek image

intensifier tube lagi hui hai. Jo roshni ko 50,000 guna bada deti hai. Housing
assy ke mukhya hisse niche ke anusar hain :-
(i) Mounting Adoptor. Yeh CSWS ko MMG par mount karne ke
kam ata hai.
(ii) Graticule Brightness Control Knob. Yeh graticule ko kam ya
ziada bright karne ke kaam mein ata hai.
(iii) Tube Brightness Control Knob. Yeh target ki kam ya ziada
roshni karne ke kam ata hai.
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
75

(iv) ON/Off Switch. Yeh sight ko ON ya Off karne ke kam ata

hai.
(v) Bty Compartment. Is ke ander do bty compartment hain. Is
mein do pencil cell ya ek lithum cell 3.5 V aur ek lithium cell dummy ata
hai. Lithium cell ka prayog sard ilake mein kiya jata hai.
(vi) Clicking Adjuster Screw. Yeh do hote hain. In ki madad se
graticule ko upar niche ya dayen / bayen ki harkat di jati hai. Yeh
screw zeroing mein kaam ata hai . Ek click se graticule ko 6.5 mm ki
durusti milti hai. Is se hum kul 96 click dahine / baen aur 96 click uper /
niche ki durusti de sakte hai.
(c) Eye piece Assy. Iske ander se graticule dikhai deta hai. Iske part
is prakar hain.
(i) Rubber cap
(ii) Shutter
(iii) Focussing ring.
(iv) Eye piece.

10. Accessories.
(a) Bracket mount Sight ko MMG par mount karne ke kaam ata hai.
(b) Holder Plate With Handles Is ki madad se hum CSWS ko ek
normal ni vision ki tarah istemal kar sakte hain.
(c) Lithium Cell aur Lithium Cell Dummy Is ka istemal barfile ilake mein
kiya jata hai. Is ki life 20hrs hai.
(d) Dry Cell (Pencil Cell) 1.5 V Aise do cell normal tapman mein
CSWS ke sath istemal kiye jate hain. Is ki life 20 h hai.
(e) Screw Driver Clicking adjuster screw ko zeroing karte samay
istemal kiya jata hai.
(f) Chindi (Flanellette) Yeh ek mulayam kapra hota hai. Is ka
istemal lens saaf karne ke kam ata hai.
(g) Hair Brush Yeh eqpt ko saf karne ke kam ata hai.
(h) Silica Gel Yeh eqpt ko nami se bachata hai.
(j) Case Carrying Canvas CSWS aur accessories ko le jane ke kam
ata hai. Is mein man pack carry karne ke liye strap laga hua hai.
(k) Carrying Cum Storage Case Kote mein rakhte samay ya gadi mein
le jane ke liye is ka use kiya jata hai.

11. Techanical aur Mechanical Data.

(a) Magnification - 6 guna.
(b) Field of view - 9 degree.
(c) Roshni badane ki shakti - 50,000 guna.
(d) Wazan
(i) Instrumeint - 4 kgs.
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
76

(ii) Mount - 1.05 kgs.

(iii) Case carrying canvas - 720 gms.
(iv) Carrying cum storage case- 5 kgs.

Bhag II – Graticule

12. Graticule housing assy ke sath attach hota hai. Is ke mukhya hisse iss prakar
se hain:-

12 10 8 6 4

6
8
30 kmph 10 15 kmph
12

Graticule reticle pattern

(a) Range Scale

(i) Vertical/ Khari Line Graticule mein upar ki khari line 183
cm ya 6 feet unche admi ki range darshati hai. Yeh naap padi line ke
upar ka liya jata hai. Agar admi upar se niche tak pura cover karta hai
to range likhe ank se adha mana jata hai.
(ii) Horizontal/Padi Line Range scale ki padi line 20 ft chaure
target jaise ki tank itiadi ki range napne ke kam ata hai. Range napne
ke liye rg line ke baen kinare ko khadi line ke sabse baen wale hisse
par milao. Aur daen oar jis ank/line ko bhi dusra kinara chhuta hai, woh
uski range hogi. Amne samne se ane wale target ki chaurai 10 feet
mante hue uski rg ko diya hua ank /line adha mana jata hai.
(b) Aiming Points Graticule ke madhya mein niche jati hui bindion ki
line ko aiming point kehte hain. Yeh range 1200 m tak hoti hai.
(c) Lead Line Graticule ke madhya mein 400 m wali bindi ke donnon
aur do linen hain jo ki harkat karne wale target ke liye lead hasil karne ke liye
bani hui hain. Line ke ander wala bhag 15 kmph aur bahir wala bhag 30 kmph
ki speed par harkat karte target ke liye hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
77

Bhag III – Zeroing, Istemal Karne ka Tarika aur Savdhaniyan

13. Zeroing ka Tarika.

(a) Zeroing ke liye testing target ki zarurat hoti hai. Is ke upar aiming point
aur firing point mark hote hain.
(b) Zeroing target ko gun se 25 m ki duri par lagaya jata hai.

Aiming Point

8.5 cm

11.1 cm Firing Point

(c) CSWS ko gun par mount karen.

(d) Rubber cap ke surakhon ko roshni ke mutabik chunao karke istemal karen.
(e) Sight ko ON karen aur eye piece se dekhen.
(f) Brightness control knob ki madad se roshni ko adjust karen.
(g) Graticule ko testing target par focus karen aur 200 m ke aiming point ko
POA se milayen.
(h) Gun se fire karen. Agar fire kiya hua burst ka MPI firing point par na bane
to CSWS ko clicking adjuster screw dwara zero kiya jata hai . Is ko screw
driver ki madad se upar/niche ya dahine/baen ki harkat di jati hai. Ek click se
6.5 mm ki correction milti hai. Ek chakkar mein kul 12 click hote hain. Aur kul
08 chhakar hote hain.
(j) Jab gun ke firing point par MPI bane to us CSWS ko zero mana jata hai.
Koshish ki jae ke jis gun ke sath isko zero kiya gaya hai uske sath hi use kiya
jae.

14. Istemal ka Tarika. Raat ke samay CSWS ka istemal karne ke liye karwai is
prakar Karen :-
(a) Sight par se rubber cap hatayen. Aur sight ko on karen.
(b) Brightness cont knob ki madad se target par roshni ko adjust Karen.
(c) Focusing knob ki madad se ank ko focus Karen.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
78

(d) Jo bhi target ka rg ho, utni rg ke rg pt ko target ke POA par milao aur
fire Karen.

15. Savdhaniyan. CSWS ko istemal karte samay barti jane wali

savdhaniyan is prakar se hain :-
(a) Jab sight ka istemal na kar rahe hon to carrying ya storage case mein
rakha jae.
(b) Sight ke kisi bhi hisse ko na kholen.
(c) Storage case mein rakhne se pehle bty nikal den.
(d) Eqpt par ziada jor ya dabao na dalen.
(e) Din mein rubber cap na nikalen.
(f) Jab sight istemal ho toh Image Intensifier tube ke kisi bhi shishe ya
dhatu ko na chhuen.
(g) Agar sight tut jati hai to:-
(i) Hathon se na chhuen, gloves ka istemal Karein.
(ii) Photo cathode florecent ke padarthon ko na sunghen.
(iii) Isko na jalaen, ho sakta hai ke poisnus gas paida ho jae.
(iv) Shishe ko isopropyl alcohol se saaf Karen.

Sankshep

16. CSWS raat ke samay fire mein kaam ane wala ek bahut hi asardar aur
mahatwapuran yantar hai. Isse raat ko hum 1200m tak karger fire dal sakte hain. Is
ki keemat 1.5 lac ke aas pass hai. Is ki ziada keemat aur mahatav ko dekhte hue yeh
zaruri hai ke iska ziada se ziada uchit prayog kiya jae aur vishesh savdhani se rakha
jae.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
79

MECHANICAL - 7
ZEROING AND HARMONIZING

Parichay

1. Shist ke lie chune hue sthan par golion ko pachuchane ke lie gun ko zero
karne ki zarurat parti hai. MMG ko det ke sabse achhe firer se zero karwa lena
chahiye. Gun zero ho chukne ke baad har ek jawan, Det Cdr sahit, check group fire
karega. Isse har ek firer ko pata chalega ki us ki shist se golian kis sthan par lag rahi
hai, taki baad mein classification firing ke dauran wah apni shist mein mamuli tabdali
karke durust fire kar sake.

Uddesh

2. Gun Machine 7.62mm MAG-58 ko Zeroing aur Harmonizing karna sikhlana.

Zeroing Karna

3. Zeroing Karne ke Mauke. Medium Machine Gun ko anya hatiyaron ke tarah

chand ek maukon par zeroing karne ki zarurat parti hai, who mauque is parkar hai :-
(a) Gun nayi milne par.
(b) Classification firing se pahle.
(c) Firing ke dauran shak parne par.
(d) Competition mein jane se pahle.
(e) High altitude ilaqe mein jane par aur wapas ane par.
(f) Larai mein jane se pahle.
(g) Major repair ke baad.

4. Gun ko zero karne se pahle gun ka parikshan kar lena chahiye taki yakin ho
jaye ki gun ka group thik bana hai. Aam taur par jab gun nayi milti hai ya base
workshop mein overhaul ke baad gun ka functioning test, accuracy shot aur sighting
shot test kiye jate hai aur uske bad hi gun ko service mein laya jata hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
80

5. Functioning Test.
(a) Rate of Fire Test.
(i) Barrel ko garam karne ke liye kuch rounds fire karte hain.
(ii) Gas regulator ko “zero” par lagate hain takih maximum gas
piston head par pressure dale.
(iii) Do sec ke liye trigger ko dabate hain takih 30rounds fire ho jae.
(ie. 900 rounds/m)
(iv) Agar rate of fire slow hai to us gun ko investigation ke lie bhej
dena chahiye.
(b) Belt Lift Test.
(i) Ek belt box feed pawl ke level se 850mm niche rakhte hai.
(ii) 10 rounds ka ek burst fire karte hai. Agar gun durust fire kare to
belt lift ki karwai thik samjhi jati hai.
(c) Depression Test.
(i) Gas regulator ko 6-7 par set karte hai.
(ii) Gun ko 80 deg depresstion dekar 10 rounds fire karte hain.
Agar gun thik fire karti hai to depression thik hai. Yeh test mounting
tripod L4A1 ki madad se kiya jata hai.
(d) Tinon test agar thik hote hain to gun ka functioning test thik athwa
durust samjha jata hai.

6. Accuracy Shot Test. Yeh pariksha zero karne se pahle li jati hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
81

Accuracy shot test mein bullet ki grouping

(a) Pariksha ke lie Prabandh.

(i) Gun Mount aur firing ka saman nazdik rakha hua.
(ii) Socket se 25 m ki duri par screen target laga hua.
(iii) Screen target par 1 x 1 inch (25mm) ka ek kala bull lagao.
(iv) Bull ke niche aur centre se 90mm upar aur 50mm niche, 45mm
baen aur dahine ki oar ek rectangle banao.
(v) Point of aim se 55mm upar, 20mm niche baen aur daen ki oar
ek rectangle banao.

(b) Pariksha Ke Liye Sharten.

(i) Pariksha 25m par ki jae.
(ii) Light aur mausam achha ho.
(iii) Pariksha karne se pahle armr se gun ka inspection kara lein.
(iv) Bore achhi tarah saf aur khushk ho.
(v) Barrel ko garam karne aur tripod ko jamane ke liye stop butt par
kuch rounds fire kia jae.
(c) Pariksha Karne Ki Vidhi. Gun par 200 meter range lagakar target ke
kale bull ke niche aur madhya mein durust shist lekar 10 goli fire kare aur 9
golion, ya 90%, ke gp ka size 50mm se bada na ho. Is gp ka MPI ander wale
chhote rectangle ke andar hona chahiye. Agar aisa hai to gun accuracy shot
pariksha mein pass hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
82

7. Zeroing Karna (Sighting Shot) .

(a) Parbandh.
(i) Rg 25m ya 100m ho.
(ii) Rear sight par 200m rg laga ho.
(iii) Mausam saaf aur roshni thik ho.
(iv) Gun ka nirikshan armourer se kara lena chahiye.
(v) Gun apne test mein pass ho.
(vi) Barrel achhi tarah saaf ho.
(vii) Barrel saaf aur tripod achhi tarah jora gaya ho.

(b) Zeroing se Pahle Check Karne Wali Batein.

(i) Tripod thik mount kiya ho.
(ii) Tripod ke shoes zamin mein thik gare ho.
(iii) Clamping handle aur cradle locking lever kasa hon.
(iv) Barrel saaf ho.
(v) Gas regulator thik adjust ho.
(vii) Fore sight hinge clip aur allen screw thik kase hon.
(viii) Gun apne test mein pass ho.

(c) Zeroing Karne Ka Tariqa.

(i) Barrel ko garam karne ke liye 20 se 30 rounds ka ek burst stop
butt par fire karo.
(ii) Phir 5 rounds ka ek burst bull par durust shist lekar fire karo.
(iii) MPI dekho, agar durusti ki zarurat ho to sighton mein correction
karo.
(iv) 25m range par gun ko us samay tak zero karte jao jab tak POA
se golion 20mm +/- 07mm aur 100m par 80mm +/- 28mm uppar lagne
chahiye.
(v) Zero karne ke baad phir ek burst fire karo takih yakin ho jae ki
gun durust zero ho gayi hai.

(d) Upar Niche ki Durusti. Unchai ki durusti fore sight ko upar ya

niche karne se hoti hai. MMG mein do kism ki fore sight ati hain :-
(i) No 1 - 11.8mm
(ii) No 2 - 9.8mm
(iii) Yeh naap blade ke upar se plate form ke niche wali bhag tak
hota hai. Blade ke stem par panch thread hota hain.
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
83

(iv) Upar Niche Ki Durusti. Agar fore sight ko upar kiya jae to
MPI niche banti hai aur niche kiya jae to MPI upar banti hai. 25m rg
par fore sight ka ½ chakkar 13.5mm aur ek chakkar 27mm ki khari
tabdili karti hai. Fore sight ko ghumane ke lie fore sight block ke piche
se hinge clip upar uthao. Adjustment tool ka prayog karte hue fore
sight ko niche ya upar ki taraf ghumao. Lock karne ke lie hinge clip ko
niche dabao.
(v) Foresight ko adjust karte samay dhyan mein rakhne wali baten:-
(aa) Foresigh blade ke stem mein lagbag 5.5 thread hota hai
magar isse start se poora tight hone tak lagbag 7.5 chakkar
gumaya ja sakta hai.
(aa) Sight ke neeche ka adjustment, sight ke poore neeche
kasne tak diya ja sakta hai.
(ab) Sight ke uppar ka adjustment itna hai hinge clip lagane ke
baad fore sight hilna nahi chahiye aur kam se kam ek thread
laga hona chahiye.
(ac) Aam taur par ek thread kasne ke bad hinge clip laga diya
jae to fore sight hilna nahi chahiye.
(ad) Bare sight ka full tight hona chote sight ke 2 chakkar
dheele hone ka barabar hai aur chote sight apne limit tak dheela
hona, bare sight ke 4 chakkar dheela hone ke barabar hai.
(e) Disha Ki Durusti. Disha ki durusti fore sight ko dahine ya baen
karne se dur hoti hai. Agar fore sight ko baen kiya jae to MPI dahine banti hai
aur dahine kiya jae to MPI baen banti hai. 25m range par se allen screw ka ek
chakar 20mm aur adha chakkar 10mm ka, 100 m rg par ek chakkar 80mm aur
adha chakkra 40mm ka farak dalta hai. Ek chakkar mein 8 click hote hain. Ek
click 25 m range par 2.5mm aur 100m range par 10mm ka farak dalta hai.
Dahine le jana ho to dahine allen screw ko zarurat ke mutabik dahine karo aur
utna hi chakkar baen wala screw ko kas do. Agar MPI ko baen le jana hai to
iski ulti karwai karo.

Harmonize Karna

Matlab

8. Harmonize ka matlab hai ki sight par lagi hui range mein tab tak tabdili dena
jab tak golion muqarar shudha unchai par na pahunche.

Zarurat
9. Jab field firing range na mile to us halat mein gun nos ko alag alag kism ke
target par fire karne ki practise short range par dena parega, is ke sath sath fire
controller ko target pehchanne, bayan karne, aur fire order dene ki practise mein
kaam ata hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
84

Land Scape Target

10. Land scape target par wohi zamini detail hote hain jo ki field firing area main
paye jate hain. Is landscape target ki lambai 5 feet aur chaurai 3 feet hoti hai.

3 feet

5 feet

Land scape target photo

Harmonize Karne Ki Vidhi

11. Screen target ke niche wale kinare par ek kala bull lagao. Bull ke niche wale
kinare se 66.04cm (26”) aur 71.12 cm (28”) ke fasle par do pare rukh main line lagao.
Yeh linen gun posn se nazar ani chahiye. Rear sight par 1300m range lagao. Gun
ko kale bull par lay karo aur ek goli fire karo. Agar goli line ke ander na lage to rear
sight par tab tak correction dete jao jab tak goli line ke ander na aa jae. Jo range
ata hai yehi us gun ka harmonize range hoga.

12. Template Se Jankari

(a) Chota Template. 3” x 3” Yeh ni fire ko check karne ke kam ata hai.

3”

3”
”

(b) Bara Template. 14” x 4” Yeh traverse target ko check karne ke

kam ata hai.
14”

4”

(c) Point Target Template. 10" x 4"Yeh point target ko check karne ke
kam ata hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
85

10”

4”

13. Point Dene Ka Tarika

(a) Ni Fire. Ek bullet chotte template ke andhar girne par poora pt.
(b) Point Target (Nuqta) . 10" x 4" ke ander jo khane hain, har khane
ke andar ek bhi goli lagti hai to khane ka pura point milta hai.
(c) Traverse Target (Chaurai). Centre, dahine aur baen kinare ki
sidh mein jo khane ata hai, agar us khane mein ek bhi goli ho to khane ka
pura point milta hai.

Sankshep
14. Larai mein jane se pahle aur ARC fire karne se pahle zaruri hai ki gun ke det ke
sab se achhe firer se zero kar liya jae, takih gun Nos ko hathiyar ke upar bharosa ho.
Field firing range na mile aur land scape target par fire karna pare to target ko
damage hone se bachane ke lie, fire karne se pahle gun ko harmonize kar lena
chahiye.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
86

EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
87

EM - 1
GUN AUR CHHOTE PURZON KO KHOLNA AUR JORNA

Saman

1. Gun, Tripod, Belt box-1, Ground sheet, Pointer bada aur chota, Drill
cartridges.

Prabandh

2. Gun mount aur zaruri saman nazdik rakha hua.

Uddesh

3. Gun aur chhote purzon ko kholna aur jorna sikhlana.

Note:- Jab bhi gun ko cock kiya jae to cocking handle ko pura age bithaya jae.

Parichay

4. (a) Gun ki safai tatha tut fut ki badli aur nirikshan karte samay, charge dete
ya lete samay kholne ya jorne ki zarurat parti hai.
(b) Kholte samay dhyan mein rakhne wali batein:-
(i) Jo bhi purza khola jae to saf aur sukhi jagah par tartibwar rakha
jae.
(ii) Koi bhi purza gum ya damage nahin hona chahiye.
Hisse
5. Yeh sabaq teen hisson mein sikhlaya jayega:-
(a) Hissa-I - Gun ko Kholna
(a) Hissa-II - Chhote Purzon Ko Kholna Aur Jorna
(a) Hissa-III - Gun ko Jorna

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
88

Hissa – I

6. Gun ko Kholna (Ustad bayan ke saath namuna de)Sabse pehle

accident se bachne ke liye upay karo, uske bad gun ko niche likhe hue tartib se
kholna chahiye.

(vii) (vi) (v) (iv) (iii) (ii) (i)

Gun Khuli Halat Mein

(i) Body Group.

(ii) Barrel Group.
(iii) Recoil Buffer.
(iv) Piston Extension.
(v) Breech Block.
(vi) Firing Pin.
(vii) Returning Spring.

(a) Barrel Group. Gun ko cock karo aur barrel catch ko dabate hue
carrying handle ki sahayata se barrel ko age dhakelo aur bahar nikalo.
(b) Recoil Buffer. Recoil buffer ko kholne se pehle yeh yakin karo ki
recoil mechanism age hai. Ab left hand se pistol grip ko pakro aur right hand
se recoil buffer ko gun ke nazdik se nazdik pakro aur dahine hath ki kalme
wali ungli se catch ko upar ki oar uthao. Recoil buffer ko tab tak upar ki oar
uthao jab tak ki recoil buffer gun se alag na ho jae.

(c) Recoil Wale Purze. Dahine hath ke anguthe se telescopic rod ke

pichhe wale sire ko thora age aur upar ko uthao. Aisa karne se rod ke upar
laga hua studbody ke niche wale key slot se azad ho jaega. Ab rod aur spring
ko pichhe khinchte hue nikalo. Piston aur breech block ko kholne ke liye baen
hath ko body ke pichhe lagao aur cocking handle ko tezi ke saath pichhe
khincho. Breech block asani se body ke bahar aa jaega. Cocking handle ko
age dhakelo, piston aur breech block ko body se alag karo. (Hisse purzon ke
naam batao aur toil se abhyas lo prashan uttar se).

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
89

7. Abhyas Toli se upar wale hisse ka abhyas lo.

Hissa - II

8. Chhote Purzon Ko Kholna Aur Jorna. Gun ko achhe tarike se saaf karna
tatha koi purza tut jane par badli karne ke liye chhote purzon ko kholne aur jorne ki
zarurat parti hai.
(a) Breech Block aur Firing Pin Ko Kholna. Breech block ko kholne
ke liye breech block ko piston ke upar pura age ki oar dabao. Kisi sharp chiz
ya drill cart ki nok se pin axis link ko bahar dhakelo. Aur breech block ke rera
se firing pin ko bahar nikalo aur breech block ko piston extension se alag karo.

( i) ( ii)

( iii)

(i)Breech block aage oar

(ii) link axis pin ko bahar karo
(iii) firing pin bahar nikalo

(b) Extractor aur Spring Ko Kholna . Extractor ko upar rakhte hue

breech block ko pakro, locking lever ko upar uthao. Tool ka patla sira extractor
plunger ke katao mein phansao. Tool ka dusra sira locking lever ke slot mein
dalo. Tool ko anguthe ki madad se mazbuti se niche pakre rakho aur locking
lever ko niche ki oar dabao. Jis se extractor ka spring daba rahega. Ab
extractor ko ahista se uper uthao aur locking lever ko tab tak uper uthate jao
jab tak extractor spring mein koi tanao na rahe. Tool ko nikalo. Extractor
spring aur plunger ko bahar khinch kar nikalo. Is baat ka khas dhyan rakha jai
ki tool par se angutha na fisle, nahin to extractor spring aur plunger gum ho
jaega.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
90

Extractor Nikalne ka Tarika

9. Extractor aur Spring ko Jorna. Extractor spring aur plunger ko apni jagah
par bithao,tool ka patla sira extractorplunger ke katao mein dakhil karo. Locking lever
ko uper uthao aur dusra sira locking lever ke slot mein lagao. Anguthe se kabu
rakhte hue locking lever ko niche ki oar dabao taki extractor spring niche dab jae.
Extractor ko apni jagah baithao aur locking lever ko upar uthao aur tool ko alag karo.
10. Breech Block ko Jorna. Yakin karo breech block aur piston ka number ek
hai. Firing pin ko jorne ke liye locking lever link ko upar uthao aur firing pin ko uske
way mein dakhil karo.Breech block ko piston ke saath jorne ke liye pin axis link ka ek
sira uske recess ke andar dakhil karo aur pura bitha do.
11. Gas Regulator ko Kholna . Gas regulator ko kholne ke liye knob ko ghari
ke opposite side tab tak ghumate jao jab tak free na ho jae. Gas regulator ko alag
karne se pehle ek hath gas regulator ke niche rakho takih split coller gum na ho jaen.
Gas regulator ko alag karo. Split coller ko nikalo aur plug ko bhi gas regulator seating
ke pichhe dabate hue nikalo.

Gas Regulator Kholna

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
91

12. Gas Regulator ko Jorna. Gas regulator ki hamwar satah ko gas regulator
seating ki sidh mein rakhte hue ander dakhil karo. Split colleron ko lagao. Gas
regulator ko ghari ke right side tab tak gumao jab tak gas regulator kas na jae. Ab
gas regulator ko ghari ke ulte rukh gumate hue 6 ya 7 per set karo.

13. Trigger Group ko Kholna . Trigger group ko kholne ke liye rear mounting
pin ko nikalo. Ab gun ko tripod par hi rahne do.Yakin karo ki chal wale purze age
hain. Rear mounting pin ko nikalne ke liye kisi nokdar tool se bahar nikalo. Ab
returning pin ko dusri oar se nikalo. Ab trigger group ko niche aur pichhe ki oar pull
karte hue gun se alag karo.

14. Trigger Group ko Jorna. Jorne se pehle yakin karo ki safety catch 'F' per
hai, trigger group ke samne wale recess seating mein dakhil karo aur age ki our
pistol grip ko rakhte hue trigger group ka pichhe wala sira uper uthao. Returning
pin,center pin aur rear mounting pin ko bhi laga do.

15. Small parts ko kholne aur jorne ka practice lo.

Hissa - III

16. Gun ko Jorna. Jorte samay dhyan rahna chahiye ki piston, breach block,
barrel aur gun ka number ek hi ho aur is tartib se jorna chahiye.

17. Piston aur Breach Block. Piston aur breach block ko jorne ke liye piston ko
gun ki body ke niche wale hisse mein dakhil karo. Ab breach block ko uper aur pura
age ki oar dabate hue is prakar se pakro aur body ke uper wale hisse mein dakhil
karo. Ab recoil buffer ko jor diya jae.

18. Recoil Buffer. Recoil buffer ke sthan ko sahi jorne ke liye uske aage
wale hisse ko body ke katav wale hisse me niche ki taraf dabaye aur yakeen Karen
ki recoil buffer catch engage ho gya hai.

19. Barrel ko Jorna. Barrel ko jorne se pahle gun ko cook karo aur yaqin kare
ke barrel saaf hai, dahine hath se carrying handle ko pakarte hue barrel ko gun par
chara do aur bean hath se barrel nut catch ko dabate hue carring handle ko full right
bitha do. Aur chal wale purzon ko aahista se age jane diya jae. Ab ejection opening
cover ko band kar de.

20. Janchna. Hamesha Gun ko jorne ke baad yah janchna chahiye ki gun sahi
se jora gya hai aur isse janchne ke liye gun ko cock karo, trigger ko dabaye aur chal
wale purzon ko kaabu rakhte hue aage karein, ejection opening cover ko band kare.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
92

Sankshep

21. Saheban is lesson mein aapne gun ko mote aur chhote taur par kis tarah se
khola aur jora jata hai sikha. Jisse aapko MMG ki safai karne, agar MMG ka koi purja
tut jata hai to use badli karne aur handing taking over karte samay purjon ko
pehachanne mein aasani hogi.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
93

EM - 2
SAFAI

Saman

1. Gun, Tripod, Spare barrel, Belt box, Drill cartridges, Link, Spare part wallet,
Safai ka pura saman, Ground sheet aur sanketak (Ek bara aur ek chota).

Prabandh

2. Gun mount aur zaruri saman najdik rakha hua ho.

Uddesh

3. Gun aur tripod ko saaf karne ki aam vidhi sikhlana.

Parichay

4. Gun ki chal ki kabiliat ko kayam rakhane ke liye aur barrel ki life ko barkrar
rakhne ke liye safai ki zarurat hai.

Hisse

5. Yeh sabaq apko 5 hisson mein sikhlaya jayega.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
94

( i) ( ii)

( iii) ( iv) ( v ) ( vi) ( vii)( viii)

(ix ) ( x ) ( xi )

( xii )

( xiii) ( xiv ) ( xv ) ( xvi )

Spare parts wallet aur Tools

(i) Spare parts wallet (ii) Oiler hand No 1 MK1

(iii) Cleaning tool SA No 2 MK1 (iv) Brush cleaning 7.62 mm chamber/gas cylinder 1A
(v) Brush cleaning SA No 3 MK1 (vi) Brush cleaning 7.62 mm Bore 1A
(vii) Cleaning tool SA No 1 MK1 (viii) Adjusting tool SA No 1 MK1
(ix)Tool removing ruptured case 7.62 (x) Pin firing
mm 1A
(xi) Breech block (xii) Split collars
(xiii) Pin spring axis link (xiv) Extractor
(xv) Helical spring (xvi) Plunger detent

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
95

Hissa - I

6. Am safai. Jab gun kote mein hoti hai to kabhi-kabhi usko khola jae aur
uska nirikshan kiya jae ki gun saaf hai aur us mein jung to nahi hai. Agar safai ki
zarurat ho to gun ko kholen aur nimnlikhit tariqe se saaf karein.

(a) Barrel aur Chamber ki Safai. Cleaning rod ko joro, Barrel ko

4'' x 1 ½'' chindi se saaf karo aur yakeen karo ki bore sahi se saaf ho gaya
hai. Cleaning rod ko hamesha muzzle end ki tarf se dakhil karo. Aur is prakar
kiya jaye ki rod chamber ko na ragde.
(b) Chamber cleaning brush ko rod ke saath lagao aur chamber ko saaf
karo.
(c) Barrel ko tel lagan ke liye 4'' x 1'' ki chindi se tel lagao.
(d) Flash suppressor ko saaf karo aur tel lagao.
(e) 4'' x 6'' ki chindi ka tukra lo aur cylinder brush par lapeto aur rod ke
saath lagao aur cylinder ko saaf karo. 4'' x 4'' ki chindi se tel lagao.
(f) Baki puri gun ko tel wale saaf kapre se saaf karo aur tel lagao.
(g) Tripod ko saaf karo aur tel lagao.
(h) Recoil mechanism ko saaf karke mamuli tel lagao aur jor do.
(j) Baki purzon ko saaf karo, check karo aur jor do.

Hissa - II

7. Fire se Pahle ki Safai.

(a) Gun ko kholo aur aam safai karo.
(b) Dust cover ko pichhe dhakelo aur guide ribs ko achchhi tarah se saaf
karo aur mamuli tel lagao.
(c) Baki purzon ko bhi saaf karo aur gun ko joro.
(d) Firing pin hole ke upar wale hisse par pencil ragro.
(e) Amn ko bhi saaf karo.

8. Tel Lagana.
(a) Breech block aur piston ki ragar khane wali jagah.
(b) Pure grooves mein aur guide ribs jo kaam karte hai.
(c) Locking lever aur locking lever link.
(d) Feed mechanism.
(e) Returning spring aur telescopic rod.
(f) Trigger mechanism ko bhi tel lagao.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
96

(g) Gun ke bahar wale hisse tatha barrel aur woh hisse jahan par gas ka
asar hota hai dry hona chahiye.
(h) Jab gun jori jati hai to trigger par dabao rakhte hue chal wale purzon ko
aage-pichhe ki harkat do. Asani se harkat karne chahiye.
9. Gas regulator ko is tarah adjust karo ki ek minute mein 750 rds fire ho jayen.
Jab gun se aisi jagah par fire karna ho jahan ret ya sardi ho tab gas regulator ziada
se ziada gas ke liye adjust karo.
10. Mulaiza. Jab gun ko fire ke liye taiyar kiya jata hai to nimnlikhit baton ko
check karna chahiye.
(a) Yakin karo ki gas regulator place aur season ke lihaj se set kiya gaya
hai.
(b) Barrel durust lagaya gaya ho.
(c) Fore sight ke allen screw kase hue hon.
(d) Kafi tel aur safai ka saman ho.
(e) Wallet ke purzon ko check karo aur band karo.
(f) Ammunition saaf hai.

Hissa - III

11. Fire ke Dauran ki Safai. Agar fire ke dauran samay ijazat deta hai to gun ko
kholo aur saaf karo, khas kar jin purzon par gas ka asar hota hai, ragar khane wale
purzon par tel lagao, tel ki drops locking lever, guide grooves aur ziada ghisao wali
jagah par dalo.

Hissa - IV

12. Fire ke Bad ki Safai.

(a) Gun ko kholo.
(b) Jo saman safai ke liye milta hai us se gun ko saaf karna chahiye. Koi
khurdari chiz ya emery paper ka prayog nahin karna chahiye. Gun ki barrel ko
brush aur tel ki chindi se asani se saaf kar sakte hain.
(c) Firing ke turant bad safai possible na ho to gas ke asar wale purzon ko
tel lagao. Yeh tel bad mein safai karne mein kafi madad dega.
(d) Barrel. Barrel ko saaf karne ke liye 4'' x 1.5'' wali chindi se saaf
karo. Nirikshan karo, agar saaf na ho to bore cleaning brush ko tel mein dry
kar barrel ko saaf karo, khushk karo, phir nirikshan karo. Yeh karwai us samay
tak karo jab tak barrel achchhi tarah saaf na ho jae.
(e) Chamber cleaning brush ko rod ke saath lagao aur chamber ko saaf
karo.
(f) Body Group. Durust size ka rammer istemal karte hue gas
regulator ko saaf karo. Gas cylinder ko saaf karne ke liye cylinder cleaning
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
97

brush ko tel lagao aur rod ke saath laga kar gas cylinder ko khushk karo. Baki
body ko saaf karo, feed mechanism aur guide grooves ko bhi saaf karo aur tel
lagao. Dust cover ko kholo aur guide ribs ko saaf karo. Dust cover ko band
karo.

13. Piston Grip ki Safai. Breech block ke muh ko saaf karo, piston head ko
diye gaye tool se saaf karo, sub purzon ka nirikshan karo aur tel lagao. Yahi karwai
fire ke baad kafi din tak jari rakho.

Hissa - V

14. Kharab Mausam Mein Hifazat aur Safai.

(a) Garmi aur nami wale ilaqe mein gunon ko ziada saaf karna chahiye.
Aur dekhna chahiye kih gunon ko rust to nahin lag gaya hai aur sabhi purzon
ko tel lagao.
(b) Retile Ilaqe mein. Aise ilaqe men jahan sand aur dust urta hai gun ko
dry rakha jae aur gun ko cover kar ke rakha jae, kabhi-kabhi pani se dhona
chahiye. Rakhne se pahle yakin karo ki khushk hai aur nirikshankaro ki kisi
purze par zang to nahin hai. Agar zang hai to tel wali chindi se saaf karo.
(c) Sardi Wale Ilaqe Mein. Aisi jagah jahan jida sardi parti hai aur safai
ka tel jam jaata hai, us jagah par na jamne wala tel prayog kiya jae.

Sankshep

15. Saheban Is lesson mein aapne MMG ki safai ke bare detail se sikha. Jis se
aap ko MMG ki aam safai kab aur kaise ki jati hai chindi ko istemal kitna, kab aur
kaise karte hain. Fire se pahale ki safai, fire ke dauran ki safai, fire ke bad ki safai,
kharab mausam mein safai aur sardiwale ilaqe ki safai aur tel ka istemal karne mein
aasani hogi aur aap apne hathiyar ki life ko badha sakate hain.

RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
98

GUN DRILL

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
99

GUN DRILL -1
SAMAN LAGANA, STHAN LENA, NIRIKSHAN AUR REPORT

Saman
1. Gun, tripod, belt box-3, ground sheet, drill cartridge aur sanketak.

Prabandh
2. Saman hamwar bhumi par laga hua.

Suraksha Sambandhi Upay

3. Top cover catch ko dabate hue top cover ko khara karo. Gun ko cock karo,
feed tray ko upar uthate hue body aur chamber ka nirikshan karo. Top cover catch ko
dabate hue top cover ko band karo. Chal wale purjon par kabu rakhte hue aage jane
do. Ejection opening cover ko band karo. Baki purjon ko bhi check karo.

Ilaqe ki Bant
4. Toli saman ke pichhe line ban karo (Ustad khud ilaqe ki bant kare). Aam rukh
__________, Banya had _____________ Dahina had, koi shak.

Uddesh
5. Saman lagana, sthan lena, nirikshan aur report dena sikhlana.

Hisse
6. Yeh sabak aap ko teen hisson mein sikhlaya jaega.

Hissa - I

7. Saman Lagana. Number 1 ke pass saman, ek tripod aur ek belt box. Gun
ke sthan se panch kadam pichhe tripod is prakar se rakha hua ho ki us ki teeno
tangen mili hui aur pichhe ki taraf ho. Tripod ke bayen ek belt box is prakar se rakha
hua ho ki us ka khulne wala tasma tripod ki taraf ho. Tripod aur belt box ke beech
mein itni jagah ho ki ek jawan asani se let sake. Number 2 ke pass saman, ek gun
aur spare part wallet. Number 1 ke saman ke panch kadam bayen gun is prakar se
rakha hua ho ki muzzle aage ki taraf aur cocking handle upar ki taraf ho. Spare part
wallet feed tray ki sidh mein ho uska khulne wala tasma pichhe ki taraf ho. Number 3
ke pass saman, 2 belt box. Number 3 ka saman, Number 1 aur Number 2 ke saman
ke panch kadam pichhe aur madhya mein is prakar se rakha ho ki unka khulne wala
tasma aage ki taraf ho aur donon belt box ke bich mein itni jagah ho ki ek jawan
asani se let sake.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
100

Number 1 ka saman (i) Tripod (ii) Ek Belt Box.

Number 2 ka saman (iii) Gun (iv) Spare Part Wallet.
Number 3 ka saman (v) Do Belt Box.

Saman Hamwar Bhumi Par Laga Hua

Hissa - II

8. Sthan Lena, Badli Kar, Line Tor ek aur Line Tor Nos
(a) Sthan Lena. Adesh mile sthan lo, is adesh par tinnon Numbers daur
kar aate hain. Number 1 tripod aur belt box ke bich mein, Number 2 gun ke
bayen aur Number 3 donon belt box ke bich mein let jata hai. Tinnon Numbers
apne bayen hath ke uppar dahina hath ko rakhte hain, hathelion ka rukh niche
ki tarf, chhati uthi hui, nigah samne aur donon tangen mili hui hon. Number 1
ki donon kohniyan tripod aur belt box ke agle kinare ki line mein, Number 2 ki
dahine wali kohni carrying handle ki sidh mein aur Number 3 ki donon
kohniyan donon belt box ke agle kinaron ke sath mili hui hon.

Sthan Lena
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
101

(b) Badli Kar. Adesh mile badli kar to tinnon Numbers adesh ko
dohrate hain. Number 1 uth kar Number 3 ki jagah, Number 3 Number 2 ki
jagah aur Number 2 Number 1 ki jagah ja kar position lete hai.
(c) Line Tor Ek. Jab adesh milta hai line tor ek to tinnon Numbers
adesh ko dohrate hain. Number 1 line tor karke class mein mil jata hai.
Number 2 Number 1 ki jagah, Number 3, Number 2 ki jagah aur class ka
agla jawan Number 3 ki jagah sthan leta hai.
(d) Line Tor Numbers. Jab adesh milta hai line tor Numbers to
tinnon Numbers class mein mil jate hain.

Hissa- III

9. Nirikshan aur Report. Sthan lene ke baad sabhi Numbers apne saman
ka nirikshan shuru karte hain. Number 3 dekhta hai ke belt box ka khulne wala tasma
aur belt box thik hai aur belt box ko kholta hai. Belt ka nirikshan karta hai dekhta hai
ke belt durust bhara hua hai aur belt mein koi gandgi to nahin hai. Ab roundon ki nok
bayen taraf rakhte hue belt box ko band karta hai. Isi prakar se dusre belt box ka bhi
nirikshan karta hai. Number 2 flash suppressor, fore sight tip, protector aur gas
regulator ko check aur adjust karta hai, carrying handle, rear sight, buffer tube ko
check karta hai. Ejection opening cover ko band karta hai aur rear mounting pin ko
sidha karta hai. Spare part wallet ko dekhta hai ki is mein pura saman hai aur kisi
jagah se fata hua to nahin hai. Number 1 tripod ke tinnon clamping handle, cradle
locking lever, front mounting pin, elevation aur deflection drum ko check aur centre
mein karta hai. Is ke bad belt box ka nirikshan Number 3 ki tarah hi karta hai. Ab
Number 3 dekhta hai ki sabhi Numbers ne apna kaam kar liya hai to Number 3 UP
pukarta hai. Is adesh par tinnon Numbers apne bayen hath ko khara karte hain.
Report ke adesh par tinnon Numbers report dete hain.

Sankshep

10. Ek kargar aur achhi trg paye hue det Numbers ke liye yeh nihayat zaruri hai ke
woh MMG ki bunayadi drill mein puri tarah mahir hon, taki santi kaal ke dauran naye
det Numbers ko achhi training de saken.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
102

GUN DRILL-2
MOUNT GUN

Saman

1. Gun, tripod, drill cartridgeridge, spare part wallet, belt box-3, ground sheet aur
sanketak.

Prabandh

2. Saman hamwar bhumi par laga hua aur ilake ki bant ki hui ho.

Suraksha Sambandhi Upay

3. Gun Drill 1 ki tarah.

Uddesh

4. Gun ko mount aur dismount karna sikhlana.

Hisse

5. Yeh sabak aap ko teen hisson mein sikhlaya jaega.

Hissa-I
6. Mount aur Dismount Tripod. Ustad Number 1,2,3, banto aur nirikshan aur
report ka adesh do aur batao, adesh mile Aam rukh………..is sthan mount tripod
(Ab ustad tinnon Numbers ka line tor karwaye aur khud Number 1 ka sthan le).
Mount tripod ke adesh par Number 1 mount ke sthan ko dekhata hai aur dahine
hath se tripod aur baen hath se belt box ko pakar kar mount ke sthan par doar kar
jata hai. Saman ko zamin par rakhte hue let jata hai. Baen karwat hote hue baen
hath se cradle ko apni oar jhukata hai. Dahine hath se clamping handle ko khol kar
tripod ke dahine tang ko phela deta hai. Cradle ko dahine ki oar jhukata hai. Baen
clamping handle ko khol kar tripod ke baen tang ko phaila deta hai. Ab tripod ko
pichhe khiskata hai aur bean hath ko socket ke niche rakhte hue apni oar jhukate
hue tripod ke dahine tang ko low position mein karte hue clamping handle ko kas
deta hai. Dahine hath ko socket ke niche rakhte hue tripod ko uthata hai. Tripod ki
baen tang ko low position par rakhte hue clamping handle ko kas deta hai. Deflection
aur elevation drum ko madhya mein karta hai. Front mounting pin ko bahar nikalta
hai aur Number 2 ke aane ki partiksha karta hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
103

7. Mount Tripod Mein Dekhne Wali Baten

(a) Socket bataye hue sthan par ho.
(b) Pivot hamwar ho.
(c) Front mounting pin bahar ho.
(d) Deflection aur elevation drum madhya mein ho.
(e) Cradle hamwar ho.
(f) Cradle locking lever kasa hua ho.
(g) Clamping handle kase hue hon.
(h) Rear leg aam rukh ke seedh mein ho.

8. Dismount Tripod. Jab adesh milta hai dismount tripod, Number 1 front
mounting pin ko laga deta hai. Donon clamping handle ko khol kar tripod ki tangon ko
bari-bari close karte hue clamping handle ko lock kar deta hai. Cradle locking lever
ko khol kar cradle niche karte hue kas deta hai.
9. Adesh mile saman pehle sthan par to Number 1 pehle ki tarah saman ko
utha kar apne sthan par jakar position leta hai.
10. Abhyas. Sawal jawab se.

Hissa - II

11. Mount Gun. Jab adesh milta hai aam rukh is sthan mount gun to Number
1 sikhe hue tarike se tripod ko mount karta hai (Ustad Number 2 ke kam ka namuna
de). Is samay Number 2 yakin karta hai ki ejection opening cover band hai. Spare
part wallet kandhe mein latkata hai. Dahine hath se buffer tube aur baen hath se
carrying handle ko pakarte hue Number 2, Number 1 ke paas us samay pahunchta
hai jab Number 1 front mounting pin bahar nikalta hai. Tripod ke pas pahunch kar
gun ke rear mounting pin ko bracket mein rakhte hue gun ko aage dhakelta hai.
Yakin karta hai ki pin thik lag gaya hai. Number 2 front mounting pin laga deta hai.
Carrying handle ko dahine ki taraf karta hai. Number 1 gun ko parellel karta hai aur
Number 1 aur Number 2 durust position lete hain. Number 3 us samay age aata hai
jab Number 2 position le raha ho. Belt box ko Number 2 ke paas itni duri par rakhta
hai ke Number 2 asani se istemal kar sake is baat ka dhyan rakhta hai ki belt box ke
khulne wale tasma tripod ki taraf ho. Iske bad apne sthan par wapis ja kar let jata hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
104

No2 Gun Mount Karta hua

LOW MOUNT HIGH MOUNT

12. Mount Gun Mein Dekhne Wali Baten.
(a) Number 1, 2 aur 3 ka aakhri kaam aur position durust ho.
(b) Gun hamwar ho.
(c) Front mounting pin lagi hui ho.
(d) Carrying handle dahine tarf ho.
(e) Belt box feed tray ki sidh mein ho.

Abhyas

13. Sawal jawab se.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
105

Hissa- III

14. Dismount Gun. Adesh mile dismount gun to is adesh par Number 3
apne saman ko utha kar chand kadam pichhe ja kar let jata hai. Number 1 front
mounting pin ko nikalta hai. Number 2 gun ko aage se uthate hue pichhe ki oar
khinchta hai aur tripod se alag karke baen ki taraf chand kadam ki duri par position
leta hai. Number 1 sikhe hue tarike se tripod ko dismount karta hai. Sab saman,
yahan par thik halat mein hona chahiye. Adesh mile saman pehle sthan par to tinnon
Numbers apne-apne saman ko utha kar pehle sthan par chale jate hain. Lekin
Number 2 is bat ka dhyan rakhta hai ke flash suppressor aage ki taraf ho.

Abhyas
15. Sawal aur jawab se.

Sankshep
16. Bari-bari baten pure sabaq par toli se puchhen.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
106

GUN DRILL- 3
BHARNA, KHALI KARNA, ACTION AUR FIRE SAMAPAT

Saman

1. Gun, tripod, drill cartridge, spare part wallet, belt boxes-3, ground sheet aur
sanketak.

Prabandh

2. Gun mount kiya hua aur aam rukh bataya hua.

Uddesh

3. Bharna, khali karna, action aur fire samapt karna sikhlana.

Hisse

4. Yeh sabak aap teen hisson mein sikhlaya jaega.

Hissa - I

5. Belt ka Bharna.
(a) Sikhlai ke dauran drill belt ko bharne ka abhyas karwaya jae. Abhyas
ziada se ziada roundon ka karwaya jae.
(b) Link ke Hisse. Link projection, projection gap, projecting detent
clip.
(c) Belt ka Bharna. Pehle link ka projection dusre link ke gap mein
rakhen, dhyan rahe projecting detent clip apni taraf ho. Bane hue surakh mein
round ki nok ko rakhen aur round ke painde ko itna dabaen, jab tak ki
projecting detent clip round ke grooves mein phans kar click ki awaz na kare.
Baki roundon ko bhi isi prakar se bharte jaen. Agar round ko nikalne ki zarurat
pare to round ki nok ko kishi sakht jagah ya tripod ke shoes par rakh kar
dabate hue link se alag karen.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
107

Belt ka bharna
Abhyas
6. Sabhi se upar bataye karwai ka bari-bari abhyas karayen.

Hissa - II

7. Gun ka Bharna Aur Khali Karna . Jab fire karne ki zarurat ho to bhar kiya
jata hai. Bhar ke adesh par Number 2 adesh ko dohrata hai. Belt box ko kholta hai
belt ko us samay feed tray mein dakhil karta hai jab No 1 ne top cover ko khara kar
liya ho. Pehle round ko cartridge stop ke khilaf rakhta hai (cartridge stop dekhne ke
liye class gun ke pass close). Belt ko dete samay is baat ka dhyan rakhta hai ki belt
sidha hai aur us mein koi zinda round to nahin hai. (Ustad bhar ka adesh den) Is
adesh par Number 1 dahine hath se top cover ko khara karta hai aur baen hath ko
feed tray ke pass le jata hai, belt ko sahara dene ke liye. Number 2 ke belt de chukne
ke bad Number 1 top cover ko band karta hai. Top cover ko band karte samay is bat
ka dhyan rakhta hai ki Number 2 ki ungli feed tray ke bich mein to nahin hai. Is
samay Number 2 bayen pehlu par hota hai.

Gun Bhar Ki Halat Mein

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
108

8. Khali Karna. Adesh mile Khali kar is adesh par Number 2 adesh ko
dohrata hai. Number 2 belt ko us samay utarta hai, jab Number 1 ne top cover khara
kar liya ho. Belt ko belt box mein band karta hai aur aam lying position mein aa jata
hai. Khali kar ke adesh par Number 1 gun ko cock karta hai, top cover ko khara karta
hai. Number 2 ke belt le chukne ke bad feed tray par dekhta hai ki feed tray mein koi
link to nahin hai. Feed tray ko upar uthate hue body aur chamber ka nirikshan karta
hai. Dekhta hai ki body aur chamber mein koi round to nahin hai. Top cover band
karta hai aur yakin karta hai ke safety catch “Fire” par hai, trigger ko dabata hai aur
ejection opening cover ko band karta hai.
(Note: Khali kar par agar rear sight khara ho to use bhi No 1 niche girata hai.)

Abhyas
9. Class se bari-bari abhyas karwayen.

Hissa-III

(Gun ko dismount karo aur Gun Drill - 1 ke mutabik karo)

10. Action aur Fire Samapt. Mount gun aur bhar ko mila kar action banta
hai. Jab adesh milta hai aam rukh is sthan gun action, to sab se pehle Numbers
mount gun aur bhar ki karyawahi karte hain.

(i) 3 Belt Box Box. (ii) Gun Bhar ki halat mein.

(iii) Spare part wallet. (iv) Mount Gun.
Gun Action Ki Halat Mein

11. Fire Samapt. Khali kar aur dismount gun ko milakar fire samapt banta
hai. Jab adesh milta hai fire samapt to sab se pehle Numbers khali kar aur bad mein
dismount gun ki karyawahi karte hain.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
109

12. Saman pehle sthan par ke adesh par Numbers sikhe hue tarike se saman
pehle sthan par le jate hain.

Abhyas
13. Class se bari-bari is kaam ka abhayas karwayen.

Sankshep
14. Bari-bari pure sabaq par toli se sawal puchhen.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
110

GUN DRILL-4
CLEAR GUN AUR STHAN CLEAR

Saman
1. Gun, tripod, belt box-3, ground sheet, drill cartridge aur sanketak.

Prabandh
2. Ilake ki bant ki hui aur gun mount kiya hua.

Parichay
3. Is sabak mein suraksha sambandhi upay aur range ke kamon ki kuchh drill
sikhlai jayegi. Yadi range par koi jandar jantu aa jae ya thori der ke liye Numbers ko
line tor karna ho to clear gun ki karyawahi kiya jata hai.

Uddesh
4. Gun ko clear karna aur sthan clear karna sikhlana.

Hisse
5. Yeh sabak aap ko Do hisson mein sikhlaya jaega.

Hissa – I
6. Clear Gun. Jab adesh mile clear gun to is adesh par Number 1 gun ko cock
karta hai. Top cover ko khara karta hai. Feed tray ko upar uthate huwe chambar aur
body ka nirikshan karta hai aur chaal wale purzon ko cocking handle par kabu rakhte
hue aage jane deta hai, agar deflection drum click system par hai to ander karta hai,
range ko down karta hai, gun ko hamwar karta hai. Report ke aadesh par report deta
hai ki “gun clear”.

7. Report Dene ka Tarika. Yadi ek gun hai to gun clear. 2 gun ho to Number 1
gun clear, Number 2 gun clear. Yadi puri Battalion ki gunnen ho to report dene ka
tarika Number 1 gun clear, 2 clear 3 clear, 4 clear_ _ _ Number 8 gun clear.

8. Top cover niche ke adesh par No 1 top cover ko band karke durust position
leta hai.

9. Clear gun ke bad yadi bhar ka adesh milta hai to Number 1 aur Number 2 mil
kar bhar karte hain. Yadi gun bhar ho to clear gun se pehle khali kar ki karyawahi
karen.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
111

Abhyas

10. Class se bari-bari abhyas kaewayen.

Hissa- II

11. Sthan Clear. Sthan clear ke adesh par puri gun toli vishram position
mein khare ho jate hain. Yadi sthan lo ka adesh milta hai to puri gun toli pehle ki
tarah position mein aa jati hai.

Abhyas

12. Class se bari-bari abhyas kaewayen.

Sankshep

13. Det Numbers ko suraksha sambandhi drill ka pata hona nihayat zaruri hai taki
shantikal ya yudh ki halaton mein durghatna ya hadse se bachao ki karwai kar
saken.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
112

GUN DRILL -5
LAY KARNA AUR FIRE KARNA

Saman

1. Gun, tripod, belt box-3, ground sheet, drill cartridge, sanketak aur shist ke
nishan-3.

Prabandh

2. Gun bhar ki halat mein aur shist ke nishan bante hue, do nishan do degree ke
andar aur ek nishan do degree ke bahar.

Suraksha Sambandhi Upay

3. Gun Drill - 1 ki tarah.

Ilaqe ki Bant

4. Toli saman ke pichhe line ban kare (Ustad khud ilaqe ki bant kare). Aam rukh
__________, Bayen had _____________ Dahine had, koi shak.

Parichay

5. Machine gun commander gunnon ko range is prakar se deta hai:-

(a) Yadi range 800 meter hai to aath sau.
(b) 900 meter hai to nau sau.
(c) 1000 meter hai to ek hazar.
(d) 1200 meter hai to ek do sau.
(e) Yadi range 1550 meter hai to ek panch pachas.
(f) Baki rangeon ko bhi isi prakar se deta hai.

Uddesh

6. Lay karna aur fire karna sikhlana.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
113

Hisse

7. Yeh sabak apko char hisson mein sikhlaya jaega.

Hissa- I :Rear Sight Ka Aam Bayan aur Istemal Karna

8. Squad ko Gun ke pass bulao) Rear sight par 200meter se 1800 meter tak
range lagaya ja sakta hai. Ank ke niche wali line utne hi range ko jahir karti hai. Do
line ke beech anter 100 meter ka hai. Aperture ka istemal kahdi aur padi sight par kar
sakte hai. Slide ko upper niche karke range lagaya jata hai. Jab leaf niche ki halat
mein hoti hai toh slide ka aage wala bhag rane ko indicate karta hai. Jab leaf khadi
halat mein hota hai toh slide ka upper wala bhag range ko indicate karta hai.

(i)

(ii)
(iii)
(vii)
(iv)

(vi)

(v)

Rear Sight

(i) Catches (ii) Aperture hole (iii) Slide (iv) Leaf

(v) Aperture hole (vi) Protector (vii) Ramp

Hissa-II: Sight Lagana Lay Karna Jab Ki Nishan Do Degree Ke Andar Ho

9. “No 1 gun / No1 Gun Sec/ Sab” par suchit kiye gae gun ke Number 2 adesh
ko dohrata hai aur apne dahine hath ko 45 degee ke angle par khara karta hai. Is
adesh par Number 1 baen hath se rear sight ko khara karta hai. Agar Elevation aur
deflection drum madhya mein nahi ho to inhe madhya mein karke gun ko humwar bhi
karta hai. Range milne par Number 2 adesh ko dohrata hai aur apne dahine hath ko
niche gira deta hai. Number 1 rear sight slide par mila hua range lagata hai, gun ko
cock karta hai aur safety catch ko safe par karta hai. Lay ke adesh par Number 2
mile hue adesh ko dohrata hai. Number 1 elevation aur deflection drum ki madad se
gun ko target par durust lay karta hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
114

10. Durust lay ho chukne ke bad deflection drum ko click system par karta hai,
safety catch ko fire par karta hai aur kalmi wali ungli ko trigger par rakhta hai. Shist
ko check karta hai aur ON pukarta hai. ON ke adesh par Number 2 adesh ko dohrata
hai aur apna dahina hath pehle ki tarah 45 degree ke angle par khara karta hai.
(Note:-Agar Number 1 ko adesh sunai na de ya samajh mein na aye to rear sight ko
niche girata hai aur “dubara” pukarta hai.)

Hissa - III : Cradle Locking Lever ka Prayog Jab ki Nishan

Do Degree Ke Bahar Ho

11. Lever khol ke adesh par Number 2 lever ko khol deta hai aur kas ke adesh
par Number 2 lever ko kas deta hai. Lever khol, lever kas (Number 2 se abhyas lo)
(Sab, range, target ka bayan) Jab simat mein ziada tabdili deni ho to cradle locking
lever ka prayog kiya jata hai. Number 1, Number 2 ko adesh deta hai “lever khol”. Is
adesh par Number 2 lever ko khol deta hai. Number 1 gun ko ghuma kar target ki
sidh mein karta hai. Number 1, Number 2 ko lever kas ka adesh deta hai. Mamuli
durusti deflection aur elevation drum ki madad se deta hai. Durust lay ho chukne ke
bad deflection drum ko click system par karta hai, safety catch ko fire par karta hai,
kalme wali ungli ko trigger par le jata hai, shist ko check karta hai aur 'ON' pukarta
hai. 'ON' ke adesh par Number 2 adesh ko dohrata hai aur apna dahina hath pehle ki
tarah 45 degree ke angle par khara karta hai.

Hissa - IV: Fire, Ruk, Tej Fire aur GO ON

12. Fire. (Sab, range, indication of target, 'ON' tak ki karyawahi pehle ki tarah)
Adesh mile FIRE to is adesh par No 2 adesh ko dohrata hai Number 1 ke badan ko
chhute hue aam lying position mein aa jata hai. Nigah target par le jata hai maar ko
dekhne ke liye. Number 1, do sec ke liye trigger ko press karta hai taki 20-24 round
ka burst fire ho jae aur maar ko dekhta haiwaqfa 10 se 12 second ka deta hai. Agar
maar durust nazar aaye to burst 10-12 round ka bhi ho sakta hai aur waqfa 5 se 6
second ka deta hai. Waqfe ke dauran in-in baton ko check karta hai jaise ki tinnon
clamping handle, cradle locking lever, front mounting pin aur shist ko bhi check karta
hai. Is prakar woh ek minute mein 100 round fire karta hai.

Det ke Fire Ke Dauran Posn

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
115

13. Ruk. Adesh mile No1 Gun/ No1 Gun Sec/ Sab ruk to is adesh par suchit
kiye gaye gun ke Number 2 adesh ko dohrata hai Number 1 ke badan ko chute hue
baen karwat par aa jata hai. Number 1 trigger par se dabao ko hatata hai aur shist ko
check karta hai. Agar re-lay karne ki zarurat hai to re-lay bhi karta hai.
14. Tej Fire. TEJ FIRE ke adesh par No 2 adesh ko dohrata hai aur No 1 ke
badan ko chute hue aam lying position mein aa jata hai. Nigah target par le jata hai
maar ko dekhne ke liye. Number 1 pehle ki tarah trigger ko press karta hai lekin
waqfa pehle se aadhe ka deta hai. Waqfe ke dauran woh unhi baton ko check karta
hai jo ki pehle ki thi. Is prakar who ek minute mein 200 round fire karta hai.
15. Go On. GO ON ke adesh par Number 2 adesh ko dohrata hai Number 1
ke badan ko chhutte hue aam lying position mein aa jata hai. Nigah target par le jata
hai maar ko dekhne ke liye. Is adesh par Number 1 usi fire ko jari karta hai jis ko
pehle band kiya tha.

Sankshep

16. Agar aap lay karna aur fire karna achhi tarah jante hain to larai mein nikalne
wale targeton ko asani se barbad karke apna mudda hasil kar sakte hain.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
116

GUN DRILL - 6
BARREL KI BADLI KARNA

Saman

1. Gun, Tripod, Spare barrel, Spare part wallet, Belt box, Drill cartridge, Ground
sheet, Bara aur chota sanketak.

Prabandh
2. Gun kisi target par fire karti hue.

Uddesh
3. Barrel ki badli karna sikhlana.

Parichay
4. Is gun ke barrel ke andar liner laga hua hai jo barrel ki ghisawat ko kam karta
hai barrel hawa se thanda hota hai. Is liye lagatar 4 belt lagatar fire karne ke bad
barrel ki badli karna zaruri hai. Agar barrel ki badli na ki jae to barrel ki zindagi par
asar parta hai.

Barrel Ki Badli Karna.

5. (Ustad kewal bayan kare aur Numbers sthan lo aur fire tak ka adesh do)
(a) Adhik samay tak rapid fire karna ho to 4 belt lagatar fire hone ke baad
barrel ki badli ki jayegi.
(b) Number 2 ko dhyan rakhna chahiye ki pehla belt khatam hone se
pehle, pehle belt ke akhiri sire aur dusre belt ke pehle sire ko apas mein jor
de.
(c) Jab chautha belt khatam ho raha ho to No 2 bolega “Chautha belt”.

6. No1 trigger se dabav hataega aur safety catch „S‟ par lagate hue pukarega
“Naya barrel”. Is adesh par Number 2 barrel ko gun se alag karta hai aur naya barrel
ko hath men le kar yaqin karta hai ki barrel saaf hai aur gas regulator durust adjust
hai. Uske bad barrel ko laga deta hai. Number 2 ki karwai khatam hone ke bad
Number 1 safety catch ko „F‟ par karta hai aur gun ko fire mein shamil karta hai.
Samay milte hi purani barrel ko saaf kiya jayega. Sikhlai ke dauran “Naya barrel”
aadesh dene se pehle No1 khali kar ki karwai karte hue recoil wale purze ko pichhe
karta hai .

Sankshep

7. Humein agar ziada der tak fire support dene ki zarurat ho toh humein pata
hona chahiye ki kitne round fire karne ke baad barrel ki badli ki jati hai, taki us
hathiyar ki zindagi ko bada sakte hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
117

GUN DRILL - 7
TARGET KO REGISTER KARNA

Saman

1. Gun, Tripod, Sight Unit 102 A/B, Darshak, Spare part wallet, Ground Sheet,
Chhota aur bara sanketak.

Prabandh

2. Gun mount aur zaruri saman nazdik rakha hua.

Parichay

3. Gun Machine 7.62mm MAG 58 se hum sight unit 102A/B ki madad se dhuan,
dhund ya raat ke samay fire ke dawara tgt ko barbad kar sakte hai. iske liye zarurui
hai No‟s ke din ke samay target ko register karen.

Uddesh

4. Tgt/Task ko register karna sikhlana.

Hisse

5. Yeh sabaq apko teen hisson mein sikhlaya jayega.

Hissa - I : Darshak Ka Aam Bayan

6. Darshak ke hisse.
(v) (iv) (iii) (ii) (i)

Darshak ke hisse
(i) Nail (ii) Base Plate (iii) Bar (iv) Aiming post
(v) Bracket

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
118

7. Darshak.
(a) Naam - Darshak.
(b) Wazan - 1.35 Kgs
(c) Faida - Isse fire ke time direction ko maintain rakha jaata hai jab bhi
sight unit ka prayog kiya jaa raha ho.

8. Aam Bayan. Nimnlikit hisson ke naam aur faide batao.

(a) Nail - Yeh jamin mein gari jaati hai.
(b) Base Plate - Yeh Darshak ko soft ground mein dhansne se bachati
hai.
(c) Bar - Is ke saath shist ka nishan lagaya gaya hai.
(d) Shist ka Nishan - Shist lene ke kaam ata hai.
(e) Bracket- Is par darshak lamp lagaya jaata hai.
(f) Clamping Screw-Is ki madad se upar wale hisse ko jahan chahe kas
sakte hai.

9. Abhyas. Upar wale kaam ka abhyas lo.

Hissa - II : Darshak Ka Prayog

10. Darshak Bahar. Adesh mile “darshak bahar” to Number 2 adesh ko

dohrata hai saath hi Number 2 aur Number 3 kneeling position mein aate hain aur
No1 darshak lagane ki munasib jagah par gun ko lay karta hai. Number 2, Sight Unit
102 A/B ko chadata hai. Is samay Number 3 darshak ko pade rukh aur khade rukh
mein check karta hai. Number 2 ke sight chadane ke baad Number 3 darshak ko
lekar aage aata hai, Number 2 ko “sar hatao” ka adesh deta hai aur telescope se 2
bar aage ka ilaqa dekhta hai. Darshak ko lekar gun ke dahine se 10 se 12 kadam ki
duri par aage jaata hai. Wahan par ja kar lying position leta hai. Number 3 darshak
ko khade ya pade rukh Nirikshan karke lagata hai. No2 sight se dekhkar yakeen
karta hi ki Darshak seedha laga hai. No2 se ishara milne par No3 gun ke baen se
apni jagah par aa jata hai. (Agar darshak pade rukh lagaya jae to dhyan rakhe ki do
mekhen niche ki oar aur ek mekh upar ki oar ho).
11. Darshak wapis. Aadesh mile „darshak wapis‟ ke adesh par Number 2
adesh ko dohrata hai aur sight ko utaar kar box main band karta hai. Is samay
Number 3 gun ke baen se jata hai aur darshak ko lekar gun ke dahine se wapis aata
hai.
Note: Jab bhi Darshak Bahar ya wapis karna ho to pehle gun ko khali kar lena zaruri
hai.

12. Abhyas. Upar wale kaam ka abhyas lo.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
119

Hissa - III : Target ko Register Karna

13. Iske liye adesh is prakar se milta hai. "No1 Gun, Range ____, samne dekh
_______ tgt, gun lay". No 1sikhe hue tarique se gun ko lay karta hai. Aadesh milta
hai „Disha aur Unchai ki Partal kare‟ is aadesh par No 2 aadesh ko dohrata hai, sight
ke deflection dial aur Drum ki madad se sight ke hair line ko darshak per milata hai
aur disha note karta hai/ pukarta hai. Ab sight ke elevation drum ki madad se bubble
ko Madhya mein karta hai aur elevation ki reading note karta hai/ pukarta hai.

Note:-

 Yeh Zaroori nahi hai ki Darshak ka hi istemaal kiya jae. Agar gun position ke
paas koi sthir nishaan hai, jaise ki Picquet, Bunker ka kinara aadi to inka
istemaal kiya ja sakta hai.

 Achha hoga ki tgt ka data kam se kam do nishaan se padle taaki kisi ek ke
hilne se bhi tgt ko engage kiya ja sakta hai

 Dhyan rahe ki jab data hasil kar rahe ho toh gun hilna nahi chaiye. Yadi hum
gun per tgt ka actual range apply karte hai toh hame QA hasil hota hai. Aur
jab hum gun per 200 meter ka range lagate hai toh hame us tgt ka AS milta
hai.
 Ijazat ho to target par fire karke aur munasib correction dekar disha aur
unchai ki partal kare. Mile hue data se, registration ke dauran chalne wali
hawa ke correction ko nikala jae jis se final accurate reading milta hai.
 Tgt ko barbaad karne ki vidhi bhi note kiya jae.

14. Abhyas. Upar wale kaam ka abhyas lo.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
120

GUN DRILL - 8
REGISTER KIYE HUE TARGET KO ENGAGE KARNA

Saman

1. Gun, Tripod, Sight Unit 102 A/B, Darshak, Spare part wallet, Ground Sheet,
Chhota aur bara sanketak.

Prabandh

2. Gun mount aur zaruri saman nazdik rakha hua.

Parichay

3. Gun Machine 7.62mm MAG 58 se hum sight unit 102A/B ki madad se tgt ko
registered karke us par dhuan, dhund ya raat ke samay fire ke dawara tgt ko barbad
kar sakte hai.

Uddesh

4. Tgt/Task ka data lagakar use barbad karna sikhlana.

Hisse

5. Yeh sabaq apko char hisson mein sikhlaya jayega

(v)
(i) (vi)
(ii) (vii)
(iii)
(iv) (viii)

(ix)
Fig 2 : Darshak Lamp
(i) Lamp (ii) Swivel Hook (iii) Reel (iv) Base Plate
(v) Btys (vi) Lead (vii) On/Off switch (viii) Chain
(ix) Securing Strap

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
121

6. Darshak Lamp
(a) Naam - Darshak Lamp.
(b) Wazan - 4.5 Kgs.
(c) Faida - Isse night time direction ko kayam rakha jaata hai.

7. Aam Bayan. Nimnlikhit hisson ke naam aur faide batao.

(a) Securing Strap. Yeh base plate ko khulne se bachati hai.
(b) Base PlateI. sko zamin mein gaarh diya jata hai, taki reel ko khinchte
samay box sath hi na khinch jaen.
(c) Box. Is mein teen khane hote hain. Ek mein darshak lamp, dusre
mein battery aur teesre mein switch hota hai.
(d) Darshak Lamp. Lamp par ek shist ka nishan laga hua hota hai. Lamp
ke back ki oar nut hain jinke sath taren jori jati hain. Lamp ko box mein rakhte
samay rod ke sath phansa diya jaata hai.
(e) Battery. Yeh second column mein hoti hai joki current deti hai. Ispar
plus aur minus ke nishan hai. Do screw aur nut hain jinke sath taren jori jati
hain.
(f) Switch. Yeh do tarfa switch hai yani ek bar pull karne se 'ON' hota hai
aur dubara khinchne se 'OFF' hota hai. Yeh 3rd column mein hota hai, jiske
saath ek zanjeer hoti hai aur box ke bahar ki oar swivel hook hota hai.
(g) Reel. Iska thread itna lamba hota hai ki darshak lamp tak asani se
laga sakte hain. Iska ek sira swivel hook ke saath bandh diya jata hai. Number
1 isko khinchkar lamp ko jala aur bhuja sakta hai.
(h) Zanjeer. Hard jamin main jahan base plate na gari ja sake zanjeer ko
kisi jhari ya munasib chizon ke saath bandh diya jata hai, lekin darshak ke
saath nahin bandhna chahiye.

8. Abhyas Upar wale kaam ka abhyas lo.

Hissa - II : Darshak Lamp Ka Prayog

9. Darshak Lamp Bahar. Adesh mile „darshak lamp bahar‟ is adesh par
Number 2 aadesh ko dohrata hai aur kneeling posn mein ata hai sath hi light
instrument ko lagata hai battery ko on/off karke check karta hai. Is dauran Number 3
darshak lamp ke pure saman ka nirikshan karta hai (bayan ke saath). Nirikshan
karna ke bad Number 3, darshak lamp ko lekar gun ke dahine se age jata hai.
Darshak ke pass ja kar base plate ko zamin main garh deta hai. Darshak lamp ke
dhakkan ko kholta hai aur lamp ko bracket ke upar mount karta hai. Swivel hook ko
reel ke saath jor deta hai aur lamp box ko band kar deta hai. Wapas aate samay
saath mein reel bhi lekar aata hai. Reel Number 2 ko dekar wapas apne sthan par
chala jata hai. Is samay No 2 darshak lamp ko 'ON' karta hai. Saath hi battery ko bhi
'ON' karta hai. Telescope aur bubbles ko dekhta hai. Dubara darshak lamp ko 'OFF'
karta hai aur bty ko bhi 'OFF' karta hai saath hi telescope se dekhta hai aur 'ON'
purkarta hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
122

10. Darshak Lamp Wapas. Adesh mile „darshak lamp wapis‟‟, is adesh ko
Number 2 dohrata hai, saath hi light instrument ko utaar deta hai. Isi samay Number
3 gun ke left se aage jata hai saath hi reel ko bhi fold karte hue, lamp ko utaar kar
wapas box main rakhta hai. Reel ko swivel hook se alag karta hai aur darshak lamp
box main rakh deta hai. Base plate ko securing strap main laga deta hai. Darshak
lamp ko lekar gun ke dahine se wapas aa jata hai aur apne sthan par position leta
hai.

Note: Jab bhi Darshak Lamp Bahar ya wapis karna ho to pehle gun ko khali kar lena
zaruri hai.

Darshak Aur Lamp Ka Paryog

No 3 dwara Darshak lamp ka Reel No2 tak le jana

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
123

HISSA-III: Data Laga Kar Tgt/ Task ko barbad karna

11. Adesh milta hai „BHAR‟ is adesh par no 2 adesh ko dohrata hai dono no‟s
milkar bhar ki karwai karte hai. No1 gun ke adesh par Number 2 adesh ko doharata
hai. Number 2 darshak lamp aur sight ki bty ko 'on' karta hai. Agar tgt ka data No 2
ke pass ho to aadesh milta hai tgt/Task No__ gun lay, yadi data na ho toh adesh
milta hai disha _____ degree/minute, unchai/nichai ______ degree/minute. Number
2 adesh ko doharata hai, Number 1 gun ko cock karta hai aur safety catch ko safe
per karta hai. Number 2 mile hue disha sight par lagata hai aur gun ki madad se
disha ki line ko kayam karta hai phir mile hue unchai/nichai sight per lagata hai aur
gun ki madad se bubble ko madhya mein karta hai. Deflection drum ko click system
per karte hai. Number 1 safety catch ko fire per karta hai, Number 2 shist aur bubble
ko check karta hai aur 'ON' pukarta hai. Aadesh mile fire to Number 2 shist aur
bubble ko check karta hai aur Number 1 ke badan ko chhute hue aadesh ko
doharata hai. Number 1 fire ko zari karta hai.
Note:- Agar fire bina traverse ke kiya ja raha hai to No2 har ek burst ke baad shist
aur bubble check karta hai agar fire traverse ke saath kiya ja raha hai to No2 sirf
bubble check karta hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
124

GUN DRILL -9
CONTROLLED CORRECTION

Saman

1. Gun, tripod, drill cartridge, spare part wallet, belt box-3, ground sheet, shist ke
nishan - 03 aur sanketak.

Prabandh

2. Gun mount kiya hua aur shist ka nishan chune hue.

Suraksha Sambandhi Upay

3. Gun Drill - 1 ki tarah.

Ilaqe Ki Bant
4. Toli saman ke pichhe line ban kare (Ustad khud ilaqe ki bant kare). Aam rukh
__________, bayan had _____________ dahina had, koi shak.

Uddesh
5. Controlled correction karna sikhlana.
Note:- Line tor ke adesh par rear sight slide ko koi harkat na di jae.

Matlab
6. Controlled correction ka matlab hai, fire par kabu rakhte hue durusti dena.

Zarurat
7. Golion ko target tak pahunchane ke liye controlled correction ki zarurat parti
hai.
Hisse
8. Yeh sabak teen hisson mein sikhlaya jayega.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
125

Hissa - I : Upar Niche Ki Dursti

9. Fire ke dauran jab golian target ke aage ya pichhe gir rahi hon to is ke liye
durusti dene ki zarurat parti hai. Is ke liye adesh is prakar se milte hain. Sab/ No1
Gun/ No 1Gun Sec Ruk upar ya niche 100 ya 50 'GO ON'. Is adesh par Number
2 adesh ko dohrata hai. Number 1 mila hua correction rear sight slide par lagata hai.
Elevation drum ki madad se nazar ki line ko kayam karta hai. Shist ko check karta
hai aur fire ko jari karta hai. Yadi correction ke sath 'GO ON' ka adesh na mila ho to
Number 1 'ON' pukarta hai aur agle adesh ki pratiksha karta hai.
10. Indirect fire mein Upar/ Neeche ki durusti degree mein di jaati hai, mile hue
durusti ko sight mein lagakar bubble ko center mein kiya jata hai.

Hissa- II : Dahine Baen ki Durusti

11. (Fire tak ki karwai pehle ki tarah) Fire ke dauran jab golian target ke dahine ya
bayen gir rahi hon to durusti dene ki zarurat padti hai. Is ke liye adesh is prakar se
milta hai Sab/ No1 Gun/ No1 Gun Sec Ruk dahine ya bayen ________degree ya
click GO ON.
12. Is adesh par Number 2 adesh ko dohrata hai. Agar correction click mein mila
ho toh No 1 usi disha mein utne click deflection drum ko gumata hai. aur agar
correction degree mein mila ho toh bayen hath se utni degree napta hai aur shist ke
liye nishan chunta hai. Gun ko ghuma kar nishan par durust lay karta hai. Shist ko
check karta hai aur fire ko jari karta hai. Yadi correction ke sath 'GO ON' ka adesh na
mila ho to Number 1 'ON' pukarta hai aur agle adesh ki pratiksha karta hai.

13. Indirect fire mein degree ki durusti agar dahine taraf ka hai to disha mein jod
diya jata hai aur agar baeyn ka hai to ghata diya jata hai. Click me mile durusti gun
pe lagane ke baad sight ki deflection dial ki madad se telescope ko wapas darshak
pe lay kiya jana chahiye.

HISSA - III :Donnon Ko Mila Kar Correction Dena

14. Jab donnon durusti ek sath milti hain to sab se pehle Nos upar niche ki durusti
lagate hain aur bad mein dahine baen ki durusti lagate hain. Jis ke liye adesh is
prakar milta hai „Ruk, No 1 Upar 50, dahine do click, GO ON‟.
Note:- Direct fire ke dauran pehle upar/niche ki durusti lagate hai kyonki POA change
ho jata hai. Agar new PoA purane PoA ke thik 3 ya 9 baje nahi ho to elevation
correction me galti ho sakta hai. Indirect fire ke dauran pahle Dahine/ Baen ki durusti
lagate hai kyonki agar Upar/ Niche ki durusti pehle di jae to Dahine/ Baen durusti
dete samay longitudnal bubble wapas hil sakta hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
126

Sankshep

15. Yadi aap controlled correction ke bare mein achchhi tarah jante hai aur larai ke
maidan mein ya firing competition ke dauran agar golian target par na gir rahi hon to
bina samay barbad kiye, target par kargar fire daalkar apna mudda hasil kar sakte
hain.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
127

GUN DRILL -10

ROKEN AUR TURANT UPAY - I

Saman

1. Gun, Tripod, Belt box-1, Drill carts, Spare part wallet, Links, Landscape target
ya shist ka nishan, Ground sheet, Bara aur chota sanketak.

Prabandh

2. Gun mount aur zaruri saman nazdik rakha hua tgt ka range bataya hua.

Uddesh

3. Turant upay ki drill aur rokon ko dur karna sikhlana.

Note:- Rear sight ko niche girate samay slide ko koi harkat nahin di jayegi.

Parichay

4. Agar gun saaf ho aur fire ke liye taiyar ki gayi ho to is mein siwae kharab
ammunition ke bahut hi kam roken padti hain. Agar roken pad bhi jae to firer ko itna
kabil hona chahiye ki woh bina samay barbad karte hue rok ko dur karke gun ko
dubara fire mein shamil kar saken.

5. Roken Padne ke Karan.

(a) Gun toli ka durust kaam na karna.
(b) Fire se pehle aur fire ke dauran dekhne wali baton par dhyan na dena.
(c) Kharab ammunition.
(d) Kisi purze ka tut jana.

Hisse

6. Yeh sabaq apko teen hisson mein sikhlaya jayega.

Hissa - I : Turant Upay ki Drill.

7. Bina rok padne ke karan ki janch kiye, amuman padne wale rokhon ko jald se
jald door karne ke liye firer dwara ki gai karwai ko turant upay kehte hain.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
128

8. (Fire tak ki karwai karke bayan karo) Yadi gun shuru se hi fire na kare ya fire
karte-karte ruk jae to turant upay ki karwai karein. Turant upay ki karwai is prakar se
ki jati hai.

9. Number 1 gun ko cock karta hai. Yadi gun fully cock na ho to jitna ho sake
cocking handle ko control rakhte hue pichhe khinchta hai. Baen hath se sight ko
niche girate hue top cover ko thora khara karta hai. Number 2 ke belt le chukne ke
bad shigrah hi top cover ko band karta hai (top cover shigrah band karna isliye
zaroori hai kyonki agar chamber mein koi round phassa ho to uske cook off hone se
firer ko khatra na ho). Agar poori tarah cock na hua ho to Gun ko cock karta hai. Aur
trigger ko dabata hai. Ho sakta hai goli fire ho jae. Donon Nos mil kar bhar ki karwai
karte hain. Aur gun ko fire mein shamil karte hain.

10. (Ustad abhi khara ho kar yeh bayan kare) Sikhlai ke dauran adesh is prakar
se milta hai. “Gun thik fire karta rukta” jab Numbers turant upay ki karwai karke
trigger ko dabata hain to order milta hai “Gun thik fire karta 'Ruk' line tor Numbers”.

11. Turant upay ki drill se panch prakar ki roken dur ki jati hain jo nimn prakar se
hain.
(a) Tuta hua kharab belt.
(b) Chapta round.
(c) Damage link ke karan achhe round ka sahi feed na hona.
(d) Misfire.
(e) Sakht khichao.

12. Abhyas. Toli se abhyas lo.

Note. Training ke dauaran fire na hone par 5 sec baad hi turant upay ka drill
kare. Ho sakata hai ki Hang Fire ho (Propellant mein kharabi hone ke karan
primer par chot lagne se propellant jalne mein thoda samay lag sakta hai).

Hissa - II : Gas ki Kami ki Rok

13. (Turant upay ka hukam do aur bayan karo) Yadi turant upay ki drill kar lene ke
bad bhi gun ek ya chand round ke baad ruk jaye to karwai is prakar se karo.
(a) Number 1 gun ko cock karta hai safety catch ki position „S‟ par karta hai
aur Number 2 ko adesh deta hai „gas badao‟. Is adesh par Number 2 aage
khisak kar kisi nukili cheez se jaida gas ke liye gas regulator ko ghari ke ulte
rukh 2 click ghumata hai. Jab Number 2 apni karwai puri karke apne sthan
par aa jata hai to Number 1 safety catch ki position „F‟ par karta hai aur fire ko
jari karta hai. Yadi gun phir bhi fire na kare to yeh karwai tab tak karta hai jab
tak ki gun durust fire na kar le. Yadi gas regulator ki position 0 par ho jae to
barrel ki badli ki jae aur samay milte hi gas vent ko saaf kiya jae.
(b) (Ustad khade hokar bataye) Sikhlai ke dauran adesh is prakar se milta
hai. “Gun thik fire karta rukta” Jab Numbers turant upay ki karwai karke
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
129

trigger ko dabata hai to adesh milta hai 'Ek ya chand round ke bad rukta' Jab
Numbers gas ki kami ki rok dur karke trigger ko dabata hai to adesh milta hai
“Gun thik fire karta 'Ruk' line tod Numbers”.

14. Abhyas. Class se upar wale kaam ka abhyas lo.

Hissa - III : Body Aur Chamber Ki Rok

15. (Turant upay ka hukam do aur bayan karo) Yadi turant upay ki drill kar lene ke
baad bhi gun fire na kare to ho sakta hai ki body aur chamber mein koi defect ho.
Number 1 gun ko cock karta hai baen hath se rear sight ko niche girata hai. Top
cover ko khara karta hai. Number 2 ke belt le chukne ke baad feed tray ko khada
karta hai aur agar koi double feed hua round ho toh use hata deta hai aur body aur
chamber ka nirikshan karta hai:-
(a) Dekhne mein aaya ki chamber mein kata hua case to Number 1,
Number 2 se clearing plug mangta hai. Clearing plug ko tight karte hue
chamber mein dakhil karta hai. Chal wale purzon ko jhatke se age jaane deta
hai. Cocking handle ko aage pichhe ki movement dete hue clearing plug ko
bahar nikalta hai. Yakin karta hai ki clearing plug kate hue case ko bahar le
kar aa gaya hai. Clearing plug Number 2 ko deta hai aur Number 2 samay
milte hi cate hue case ko clearing plug se alag karta hai aur spare part wallet
mein band karta hai. (Ustad sirf bayan kare, Number 1 aur Number 2 bhar ki
karwai karte hain aur gun ko fire mein shamil karte hain)
(b) Dekhne meina aaya chamber mein khoka to Number 1 chal wale
purzon ko dheere se age jane deta hai. Sikhe hue tarike se chal wale purzon
ko bahar nikalta hai aur broken extractor ya extractor spring ki badli karta hai.
Sikhe hue tariqe se recoil wale purzon ko jor deta hai. Chal wale purzon ki age
pichhe ki harkat karte hue khoke ko bahar nikalta hai. Number 1 aur Number 2
bhar ki karwai karte hain aur gun ko fire mein shamil karte hain.
(c) Agar inspection karte samay body aur chamber khali dikhe to, No 1
chal wale purjon ko kabu rakhte hue aage jane deta hai. Aur eject kiye hue
round ko check karta hai. Agar live round eject hua to ho sakta hai ke round
ke primer per kam chot ho ya chot hi nahi ho. Toh No 1 returing spring aur
firing pin ka nirikshan karta hai. Agar koi nukas hai to uski badli karta hai. Gun
ko bhar karta hai aur fire ko jari karta hai.
(d) Dekhne meina aaya chamber mein phasa round. Ho sakta hai ki round
mota hone ke karan chamber mein phas gaya ho aur turant upay karte samay
extractor slip hokar phase round ko extract nahi kar paya. No1 haath ya kisi
tool ki madad se phase rd ko bahar nikalta hai. Number 1 aur Number 2 bhar
ki karwai karte hain aur gun ko fire mein shamil karte hain.
Note.
 Training ke dauran turant upay ke bad koi round fire na ho to manlena
ki chamber mein round atka hai jo chamber ki garmi se cook off ho
sakta hai. Isliye agar lagatar ek belt se tej fire kiya ho to barrel ke
thande hone ka intezar karo.
 Agar bar-bar khali khoka body ke andher atka mile to ho sakta hai ki
ejector mein kharabi ho.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
130

16. (Ustad khade ho kar sirf bayan kare) Sikhlai ke dauran aadesh is prakar se
milte hain. “Gun thik fire karta rukta “Numbers ke turant upay ki karwai karne ke baad
jab Number 1 trigger ko dabata hai to adesh milta hai “ Fire Nahin” jab Number 1
chamber ka nirikshan karta hai to adesh milta hai “Chamber mein kata hua case,
Chamber mein khoka, Chamber mein phasa round ya Chamber khali live round
eject”. ”Chamber khali live round eject” mein No 1 dwara recoil mechanism check
karne par adesh milta hai Tuta hua firing pin, kamjor ya tuta hua returning spring
aur telescopic rod” jis prakar ka adesh milta hai Numbers us rok ko dur karke jab
Number 1 trigger ko dabata hai to adesh milta hai “Gun thik fire karta ruk, Line tor
Numbers”.

Sankshep

17. Yadi aap rokon ko dur karna acchi tarah se jante hai toh larai ke maidan mein
ya kisi firing competition ke dauran mein aap apne mudde ko hasil kar sakte hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
131

GUN DRILL-11

ROKEN AUR TURANT UPAY - II

Saman

1. Gun, Tripod, Belt box, Drill cartridges, Spare part wallet, Links, Landscape
target ya shist ka nishan, Ground sheet bara aur chota sanketak.

Prabandh

2. Gun mount aur zaruri saman nazdik rakha hua tgt ka range bataya hua.

Uddesh

3. Feed mechanism aur trigger mechanism ki rokon ko dur karna sikhlana.

Note:- Rear sight ko niche girate samay slide ko koi harkat nahin di jayegi.

Parichay

4. Agar gun saaf ho aur fire ke liye taiyar ki gayi ho to is mein siwaye kharab
ammunition ke bahut hi kam roken parti hain. Agar roken pad bhi jaye to firer ko itna
kabil hona chahiye ki bina time barbad kiye rok ko dur karte hue gun ko dubara fire
mein shamil kar sake.

Hisse

5. Yeh sabaq apko do hisson mein sikhlaya jayega.

Hissa - I : Feed Mechanism ki Rok

6. (Ustad turant upay ki drill, body aur chamber ki rok tak ki karwai karke bayan
karo). Body aur chamber ka nirikshan karte samay koi rok nazar na aaye to ho
sakta hai feed mechanism mein koi rok ho. Number 1 chal wale purzon par control
rekhte hue aage jane deta hai aur feed mechanism ko check karta hai. Dekhne mein
aaya ki feed mechanism maila. Number 1, Number 2 se chindi mangta hai, chindi
lene ke baad feed mechanism ko saaf karta hai. Number 2 se oil can mangta hai. Oil
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
132

can lene ke baad feed mechanism ko tel lagata hai. Dubara feed mechanism ko
check karta hai. Dono Numbers milkar bhar ki karwai karte hain aur gun ko fire main
shamil karte hain.
7. (Ustad khade hokar bayan kare) Sikhlai ke dauran adesh is prakar se milte
hain. „Gun thik fire karta‟ rukta, jab Number 1 turant upay ki karwai karke trigger ko
dabata hai to adesh milta hai „fire nahin‟, jab Number 1 body aur chamber ka
nirikshan karta hai to adesh milta hai „‟Feed Nahi‟, jab Number 1feed mechanism ki
rok ko dur karke trigger ko dabata hai to adesh milta hai „gun thik fire karta ruk, line
tor Numbers‟.
8. Feed Mechanism mein Roken Parne ke Karan. Feed mechanism ke kisi
purze ka tut jana ya feed mechanism ka maila hona.
9. Abhyas. Class se upar wale hisse ka abhyas lo.
Feed mechanism ki rokh ke chand ek lakshan
 Agar actuating stud mein kharabi ho ya outer ya inner pawl kharab ho to turant upay
ki rokh dur karne ke baad Gas ki kami ki rokh ki tarah sirf ek round fire hota hai
magar cock karne par khali khoka eject nahi hoga.
 Agar Feed mechanism zyada hi maila ho to Turant upay mein belt nikalne ke baad
bhi sakht kichaav rahega.

Hissa – II: Fire Band Nahin

(Ustad fire tak ki karwai kare aur 'Ruk' ka adesh dekar bayan kare) Yadi trigger se
dabao hatane ke baad bhi fire band na ho to Number 1 feed tray ke nazdik se nazdik
belt ko todta hai aur fire band hone ka intezar karta hai. Fire band hone ke baad
Number 1, Number 2 ko adesh deta hai gas badao. Is adesh par Number 2 kisi nukili
cheez se gas regulator ko 1 click ziada gas ke liye ghumata hai. Number 2 ki karwai
puri hone ke baad donon Numbers milkar bhar ki karwai karte hain. Number 1 rear
sight ko khara karta hai, gun ko cock karta hai shist ko check karta hai aur “ON”
pukarta hai. Is ke baad agle hukam ka intezar karta hai. Sikhlai ke dauran "khali kar"
ka drill kar lena zaruri hai.

9. (Ustad khare hokar bayan kare) Sikhlai ke dauran adesh is prakar se milte
hain. “Ruk, fire band nahin”

10. Fire Band Nahi Roken Parne ke Karan. Trigger mechanism ke kisi purze
ka tut jana ya gas ka kam hona.
11. Abhyas. Class se upar wale hisse ka abhyas lo.

Sankshep
12. Yadi aap rokon ko dur karna achhi tarah se jante hain to larai ke maidan mein
ya kisi firing competition mein yadi rok par bhi jaye to Numbers bina samay barbad
kiye rokon ko door kar ke gun ko fire mein shamil kar sakte hain to ek achha mudde
ko hasil kar sakte hai. Yeh tabhi sambhav hai jab ki squad post training mein
Numbers ne achhi sikhlai hasil ki ho.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
133

GUN DRILL -12

MANUSHYA DWARA THORI DUR TAK BOJH UTHANA

Saman

1. Gun, tripod, drill cartridge, spare part wallet, belt box, ground sheet aur
sanketak.

Prabandh

2. Hamwar bhumi par saman laga hua aur saman ka wazan larai ke anusar liya
hua.

Suraksha Sambandhi Upay

3. Gun Drill - 1 ki tarah.

Parichay

4. Gun aur uske sath wale saman ko uthakar le jane ke liye koi bhi aaram wali
vidhi ka prayog kiya ja sakta hai. Parantu is baat ka dhyan rahe ki saman ko koi hani
na panhuche aur dushman, dekh kar yeh pata na laga sake ke yahan par machine
gun action mein aa rahi hai.

Uddesh

5. Yudh mein gun aur uske sath wala saman ko uthakar le jana aur uske sath
rengne ki vidhian sikhlana.

Hisse

6. Yeh sabak do hisson mein sikhlaya jaega.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
134

Hissa- I

7. Khare Khare Saman ko Le Jana .

(a) Number 1 ka Saman.
(i) Tripod ki tangen band karke kandhe par aur ek belt box hath
mein pakar kar.
(ii) Ek hath mein belt box aur dusre hath mein tripod pakar kar.
(iii) Bagal mein daba kar.
(iv) Mount karke pith par is tarah uthana ki donnon kandhon par
tripod ki ek ek tangen ho. Mazbut jawan aage wali tang mein ek ek
bhara hua belt box bhi utha kar le ja sakta hai.
(b) Number 2 ka Saman.
(i) Gun ko kandhe par utha kar.
(ii) Bagal shastra ki position mein.
(iii) Tan shastra ki position mein.
(iv) Carrying handle ko pakar kar.
(c) Number 3 ka Saman.
(i) Do belt box donnon kandhon par.
(ii) Bagal mein daba kar.
(iii) Rassi mein bandh kar kandhe ke upar, aage pichhe latka kar.
(iv) Donon hathon mein ek-ek belt box.
8. Mount ki Hui Gun ko Le Jana. Yadi mount ki gayi gun ko ek position se
dusre position par le jana ho to jawan asani se le ja sakta hai. Number 1 dahine
haath se aage wale dahine taang aur bayen haath se rear leg ko pakarta hai.
Number 2 dahine haath se bayen taang ko aur baen haath se belt box ko pakre.
Wapis lane ke liye bhi isi tarah se.

Kare Hokar Mounted Gun Ko Lejana

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
135

Hissa - II
9. Saman ko Rengte hue Le Jana.
(a) Number 1 ka Saman.
(i) Ek haath se tripod aur dusre hath se belt box ko bari bari aage
dhakelen aur khud rengte hue aage baden.
(ii) Donnon ko ek saath aage dhakelen aur khud rengte hue aage
baden. Wapis lane ke liye bhi isi tarah.
(b) Number 2 ka Saman. Baen karwat lekar baen tang ka huk banao
aur apni raan par gun ko is tarah rakho ki cocking handle upar ho aur piston
grip baen paon par. Dahine hath se carrying handle ko pakro aur baen paon
aur baen kohni ke sahare aage baro. Wapis lane ke liye bhi isi tarah se.
(c) Number 3 ka Saman. Number 1 ke saman ke mutabik hi aage aur
pichchhe laya jaega.
10. Mount Ki Hui Gun. Number 1 dahini taraf let kar dahine haath se dahina
tang aur bayen haath se rear leg ko pakren. Number 2 baen haath se belt box ko
aage rakhe aur phir dahine haath se aage wala bayen tang ko pakar kar donnon ek
sath gun ko utha kar aage rakhe. Wapis lane ke liye bhi isi tarah se.

Abhyas

11. Toli se upar wale kam ka abhyas lo.

Sankshep

12. Class se bari-bari upar bataye gaye kaam ka abhyas len.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
136

GUN DRILL -13

RAAT KE SAMAY GUNNON KI BADLI

Saman

1. Gun 2, tripod-2, drill cartridge, spare part wallet-4, belt box-14, ground sheet,
sanketak, Darshak lamp-2, hand lamp-2, peg night-1, fire control chart, sight unit-2.

Prabandh

2. Ek gun position mein, bhar kiya hua, darshak aur lamp aage laga hua aur gun
fixed line par lay ki hui, dusri gun ka saman thora pichhe rakha hua.

Parichay

3. Gunnon ki badli raat ke samay hoti hai. Jab ki gunnen fixed line par lay ki hoti
hai. Section ke donnon gunnon ki bari-bari se badli ki jati hai. Badli karwane ki
jimmewari det commander ki hoti hai.
4. Yeh sabak din ke samay achhi tarah se chalaya ja sakta hai lekin practice raat
mein kiya jata hai.
5. Is sabak mein kewal ek hi gun ki badli karna bataya jaega. Baki gunnon ki
badli bhi isi prakar se hoti hai.

Uddesh

6. Raat ke samay gunnon ki badli karna sikhlana.

Gunnon ki Badli

7. Gun- SU 102A/B ka Caliberation. SU 102A/B ko boresight karne ka koi

tarika nahi hai. Kisi Gun- Sight Unit jode se padhe hue data ko usi par lagane se
boresighting ki galti nazarandaaz ho jati hai lekin jab padi hui reading kisi aur Gun-
Sight Unit jode (Sight unit/ Gun/ Dono ki badli hone par) par lagti hai to galti ho sakti
hai. Is galti ko khatam karne ke liye caliberation ki zaroorat hoti hai jo raat ke samay
gunon ki badli karne par kiya jata hai.
8. (Ustad tinnon Numbers bante). Jane wali gun ka Number 1 kisi nazdeek shist
ke nishaan par open sight pe 200m range lagakar lay karta hai, det commander us

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
137

nishaan par roshni dikha sakta hai, aur No2 us nishaan ka data padta ha. Jane wali
gun ka Number 3 belt box utha kar ek taraf rakhega.
9. Jane wali gun ka Number 1 khali kar karega aur apne Number 2 ki madad se
gun ko alag karega. Dhyan rahe ki tripod nahin hilne paye.
10. Aane wali gun ka Number 1 tripod ke niche ek peg gad deta hai. Tripod ke
tinnon paon ke niche nishan laga deta hai. Peg gadne ke liye det commander roshni
dikhata hai. Peg gad chukne ke bad jane wali gun ka Number 1 tripod uthata hai.
Tripod uthate samay dhyan rahe ke peg na hile.
11. Ane wali gun ka Number 1 apne tripod ko peg par mount karta hai. Shoes ko
ground par gaar deta hai. Ab Number 2 gun ko mount kar deta hai. Number 3 saman
ko nazdik rakh deta hai.
12. Aane wali gun ka Number 2 sight unit ko charata hai aur No1 open sight par
200m range lagakar usi nazdeek shist ke nishaan par lay karta hai. No2 darshak
lamp par sight kayam karta hai aur data ko padta hai. Det cdr, aane aur jaane wale
gun se pade hue data ka antar dhoondta hai aur is antar ko Range Card mein note
kiye hue target/ Task ke data par jod deta hai jisse caliberation ho jata hai. No2 Fixed
line ka caliberate kiya hua data lagakar gun ko lay karta hai. Jab gun unchai aur
disha ke liye lay ho jati hai to jane wali section ke sthan par aane wali section apna
darshak laga deti hai. Dhyan rahe ke aise karte samay gun ko nahin hilana chahiye.
Is ke bad Numbers bhar karte hai. Cocking handle ko pichhe nahin laega.

13. Is tarah se dusri gun ki bhi badli kar li jati hai.

Abhyas

14. Abhyas sawal jawab se.

Sankshep
15 . Bari - bari pure sabaq par toli se sawal puchhen.

RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
138

FIRE CONTROL

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
139

FIRE CONTROL - 1

FIRE CONTROL KE AAM NIYAM AUR ADESH

Uddesh

1. Fire control ke aam niyam aur adesh sikhlana.

Parichay

2. MMG ek bahut ahmiyat wala hathiyar hai. Is hathiyar ka ziada se ziada faida
uthane ke liye yeh zaruri hai ke uske fire control ke aam niyam aur adeshon ke bare
mein acchi tarah se janta ho taki uska sahi istemal kiya ja sake.
3. Yeh sabaq ap ko do parts mein sikhlaya jaega :-
(a) Parts - I Fire control ke am niyam.
(b) Parts - II Fire control ke adesh.

Hissa - I : Fire Control Ke Aam Niyam

4. Fire control ke aam rules is prakar se hain :-

(a) Asar. Machine gun ke fire ka asar target par pura hona chahiye.
Target par pura asar tabhi ho sakta hai, jab ke beaton zone target ke madhya
mein gir raha ho. Kyonkih beaton zone mein sabhi golian girti hain. Asar 3
prakar ka hota hai :-
(i) Dushman ko Marne ke Liye. Yeh us prakar ka asar hai jis mein
fire se dushman ko ziada se ziada jani nuksan pahunche. Is prakar ke
asar ka aam taur par defence mein sab se ziada faida uthaya jata hai.
Kisi flank se enfilade fire karke defence ke aage fire ka parda bana kar
jis se dushman na guzar sake, lambe rukh dushman ko adhik se adhik
nuksan hoga.(taki gun ki BEATEN ZONE ki lambai ka pura pura faida
liya jae)
(ii) Dushman ka Sir Dabane ke Liye. Iska istemal tab kiya jata hai
taki dushman apni sena par aimed fire na kar sake. (Udaharan ke taur
par dushman defence mein aur apni sena attack kar rahi ho).
(iii) Dushman ko Tang karne ke Liye (Harassing Fire) . Aise fire
ka maksad dushman ko tang karna hai. Jab ki dushman apni normal
duties kar raha ho, ya kisi convey par fire kare. Yeh fire hamesha temp
posn se kiya jaye. Takih main gun posn dushman ko jahir na ho.
(b) Bachat. Fire controller ko chahiye ke woh fire ke dauran amn aur
samay ki bachat kare. Amn ki bachat tab ki jaa sakti hai jab ke FIRE
CONTROL target par munasib kism ka rate of fire karwae. Samay ki bachat
tab hi ho sakti hai jab ki FIRE CONTROL aur Numbers ko target barbad karne
ka tarika aur tartib malum ho. (Am taur par normal aur tej fire hi kiya ja sakta
hai kyonki cyclic rate of fire mein amn ziada kharch hota hai).

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
140

(c) Asani aur Teji. Is ka matlab hai ke FIRE CONTROL adesh asan
de. Agar adesh asan nahin hoga to Numbers ko adesh samajhne mein
mushkil hogi. FIRE CONTROL ko niche likhi baton par dhyan dena chahiye :-
(i) Fire ke order asan aur tartib mein hon.
(ii) Sidhi sadi bhasha ka prayog kiya jae.
(iii) Sahi target ke naam ka istemal.
(iv) Target aisa ho jo nangi ankh se dekha jae.
(d) Hifazat. MMG se madad ka fire dete waqt apni sena ki safety ka
dhyan rakhna chahiye. Apni sena ki jaan salamati ke liye pahale se hi hisab
kitab rakhna chahiye aur bachao ki had gun Numbers ko bata deni chahiye.
Numbers dekhbhal se fire denge. Jab apni sena bachao ki had mein pahunch
jati hai to fire band karna hoga. Raat ke samay dekhbhal mein mushkil hogi.
Aise samay mein fire time plan ya radio signal se dena chahiye.
(e) Surprise Karna. Yeh fire control ke niyam ka ek bahut
mahatavapuran niyam hai.MMG se fire is prakar kiya jae ki dushman chakit ho
jae.Surprise karne ke liye yeh zaruri hoga ke gun posn cam aur concealment
mein ho aur jahan tak ho sake posn defiladed ho. Sath mein fire ko sahi
samay aur time par khola jae.( Samay se pahale fire kholne se surprise tut
jata hai).

5. Yeh hamesha posible nahi hai ki hum fire control ke sab niyam amal kar
sakein. Lekin halat ko dekhkar jis jagah se niyam lagu hon istemal karna chahiye.

Bhag - II : Fire Control Ke Adesh

6. FIRE CONTROL ke adesh dete waqt in baton ka dhyan rakhna chahiye :

(a) Adesh clear aur unchi awaj mein hon.
(b) Adesh dete waqt FIRE CONTROL ka muh Numbers ki taraf ho.
(c) Ziada lamba waqfa aur fazul ka waqfa na diya jae.
7. FIRE CONTROL ke adesh ek tartib se diye jaate hain. FIRE CONTROL ko
chahiye ke adesh usi tartib se den kyon ki is ke do faide hain :-
(a) FIRE CONTROL agar koi adesh chhor deta hai to gun Numbers ko uska
pata chal jata hai.
(b) Numbers ko agle hukum ka pata hota hai aur Numbers agli karwai
karne keliye taiyar hota hai.
8. Sabse Achha Fire Order. Yeh woh fire order hai jo ki kam se kam samay
mein golion ko target par pahunchaye.

9. Fire Order ke Kram.

(a) Suchit karna.
(b) Range.
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
141

(c) Target ka bayan.

(d) Lay ka adesh.
(e) Hawa ka deviation.
(f) Method of Fire.
(g) Firing error.
(h) Order of fire.

10. Suchit Karna. Numbers ko alert karna. Agar ek gun hai to ” No ek gun”
yadi ek Sec hai to “ No 1 Gun Sec” yadi sabhi gun hai to “sab” ka istemal kiya jata
hai.
11. Range. fire control gun Numbers ko range kisi malum tariqe se(Range
finder,map,target par fire gira kar ya key range se) deta hai. Numbers batae hue
range ko rear sight par lagata hai. Fire controller range is prakar deta hai :-
(a) 700m - Saat sau.
(b) 1000m - Ek hazaar.
(c) 1050m - Ek sifar pachaas.
(d) 1500m - Ek paanch sau.

12. Target ka Bayan. Fire Controller gun Numbers ko koi bhi sikhe hue tariqe
se target ka bayan karta hai. Gun Numbers sath–sath target ka bayan samajhte
hain. Fire Controller ko chahiye ki woh target ka bayan is prakar kare ki Numbers
asani se samajh sake.
13. Lay. Tgt ke bayan ke baad Fire Controller lay ka adesh deta hai. Gun
Numbers is adesh par batae hue target par gun ko lay karte hain.
14. Hawa ka Deviation. Agar pehlu ki hawa chal rahi ho to Fire Controller
hisab se nazdik wala click malum karta hai aur gun Numbers ko pass karta hai.
Numbers mili hui hawa ka haq deflection drum ki madad se gun par lagata hai.
15. Method of Fire Hamesha target ek kism ka nahi milta. Alag-alag tgt par fire
karne ki alag-alag fire ki vidhi hogi. Fire Controller target ke anusar gun Numbers ko
fire ki vidhi ka adesh deta hai.
16. Fire ka Aadesh. Fire ki gati aur fire ka adesh ikattha diya jata hai. Normal
fire ke liye kewal fire ka adesh hi diya jata hai. Aam taur par tej aur normal fire hi
kiya jata hai. Kyon ki cyclic rate of fire mein amn ki khapat ziada hoti hai.
17. Waqfa. Fire Controller apne order ke dauran chand ek adesh ke bad
waqfa deta hai. Waqfa dene ke liye zaruri hai ke Numbers batae hue adesh par
amal kar saken. Waqfa in adeshon ke bad diya jata hai :-

(a) Range ke bad.

(b) Target ke bayan ke bad.
(c) Lay ke bad.
(d) Pehlu ki hawa ka haq ke bad.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
142

18. Fire ke Dauran Adesh. Fire ke dauran adesh is prakar diye jate hain:-

(a) Ruk. Fire ko kisi samay band karne ke liye. Gun Numbers fire ko
band karta hai aur shist ko check karta hai.
(b) Correction. (zaruri nahi ke pahala burst target par pahunche)
(i) Elevation. Upar 50 ya niche 50.
(ii) Direction. Dahine ya Bayen do click.
(iii) Elevation aur Deflection ka Correction. Direct fire mein
Pahale elevation ka, bad mein diflection ka jaise niche 50 dahine ya
bayen do click.
(c) Go On. Usi prakar ke adesh ko jari karne ke liye Go On ka adesh diya
jata hai.(Jaise niche 50 bayen do click Go On).

Fire Control Aadesh ke Prakar

19. Fire Control Orders char prakar ke hote hain:-

(a) Taiyari ka Fire Order.

(b) Full Fire Orders.
(c) Mauke ka Fire Order.
(d) Achanak ya chota Fire Orders.

20. Taiyari ka Fire Orders. Yeh fire control order us samay diye jate hai jab ki
dushman kargar range se bahar hoaur apni taraf harkat/ advance kar raha ho ya
trapping ke tariqe se koi harkati target ko barbaad karne, yani hukam dene aur asar
mein fire kholne mein samay lagega. Isme fire order ke kram ke hisaab se hathiyaar
ko lay kiya jaega aur “hukam se fire” ka aadesh diya jaega. Fire kholne ka initiative
Fire controller apne pass rakh sakta hai ya Nos par chhor sakta hai.Jaise ki gaari
“Hackle ped”mein ane par lamba burst fire.

21. Full Fire Orders. Yeh Fire Orders tab diye jate hai jab fire cntroller ke paas
prayapt samay ho aur target duri par ho. Yeh tafseel mein diye jate hain aur
sikhayegayeFire Order Ka poora kram ka palan kiya jata hai.

22. Mauke ka Fire Order. Yeh fire order us samay diya jata hai, jab ki Nos ko
apne aap mauke ke mutabik fire karna ho. Jaise ki (No-1 Gun, Rg 800, dushman
chattaan ke peeche chhup gaya hai najar ane par fire). Ismen Nos apni sujh- bujh
aur fire discipline ka khyal rakhte hue dushman par fire karta hai.

23. Achanak aur Chhota Fire Order. Yeh fire order us samay diye jata hai
jab ki dushman achanak nazdik fasle par nikal kar surprise kar deta hai. Jaise kih
(No 1 Gun - dahine dushman fire).

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
143

FIRE CONTROL-2
UNCHAI

Parichay

1. Barrel ke bahar bullet par do mukhya shaktian asar dalti hain. Pehla Bhumi ka
gurutvakarshan, jo bullet ko lagatar niche ki taraf khichta haiaur golaidar rasta banata
hai aur dusra hawa ka pratirodh bullet ko aage jaane se rokta hai. Bullet ke muzzle
se tgt tak ke raaste ko trajectory kehte hain. Agar hum barrel ko target ki sidh mein
karke goli fire karen to jahir hai ke woh goli target tak pahunchane se pehle hi
zamin par takra jaegi. Is goli ko target tak pahunchane ke lie hamein barrel ki line ko
target se thora upper uthana parta hai. Mote taur par isi ko hi elevation kahte hain.

Trajectory

Uddesh

2. AGS mein unchai ke sidhant sikhlana.

Bhag

3. Yeh lecture aap ko teen bhagon mein sikhlaya jayega:-

(a) Bhag - I - Paribashaen
(b) Bhag - II - Nazar ka kon aur Quadrant Angle malum karne ka
tariqa
(c) Bhag - III - Low angle fire mein QA ki Halten

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
144

Bhag - I:Paribashaen

4. Trajectory se sambandit nimnlikhit paribashaein hain:-

(a) Nazar ki Line. Yeh woh farzi sidhi rekha hai jo ki firer ki ankh se sight
system kecentre se hoti hui target par chune hui shist ke nishan par milti hai.
(b) Barrel ki Line. Woh farzi sidhi rekha jo ke breech ke Madhya se
barrel ke bicho bich muzzle ke madhya se hoti hui dur tak jati hai, ya yeh line
axis of bore ka extension bhi kahi ja sakti hai. Yeh line, muzzle ke nazdeek
ke sivay hamesha line of sight se upar rehti hai.
(c) Hamwar Satah. Mean Sea level ki satah ke samanantar kisi bhi
sthan par ek farzi rekha khinchi jaye use hamwar satah kehte hain. MMG
men yeh rekha Socket se li jati hai.
(d) Angle of Projection (AP). Nazar ki line se barrel ki line tak jo kon
banta hai use AP kehte hain. Rg table mein alag alag rangeon ke liye AP
column No2 mein diya gaya hai.Yeh kon kabhi negative nahin hota.
(e) Nazar ka Kon. Hamwar satah se nazar ki line takjo kon banta hai
use nazar ka kon kehte hain. Nazar ki line hamwar satah se upar hone se
nazar ka kon positive hota hai aur niche hone se negative hota hai.
(f) Quadrant Angle (QA). Hamwar satah se barrel ki line tak jo kon
banta hai use QA kehte hain.Yeh woh angle hai jo raat ke fire ke samay ya
indirect fire ke samay Sight unit 102 A/B par lagaya jata hai. Ise malum
karne ke liyetarget ka sahi rg malum hona chahiye.

Low angle fire mein QA = AP +/- AS

LoB

AP LoS
QA

AS
HP

Bhag - II :Nazar ka kon aur Quadrant Angle malum karne ka tariqa

5. SU 102 A/B ki madad se AS aur QA malum kar sakte hai. Donon angle ko
niche likhe gaye tariqon se malum kar sakte hai:-

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
145

6. Nazar ka Kon.
(a) Sight unit 102 A/B ke sab pointer zero karo, aur gun par mount karo.
(b) Gun par min range (200 m) lagaen.
(c) Open sight se target par aim len.
(d) Sight unit ke elevation drum ki madad se elevation bubble ko middle
mein karo.
(e) Elevation ki reading hi angle of sight hai.
7. Quadrant Angle (QA) Ise malum karne ke do method hain:-
(a) Range Table Se
(i) Sab se pahale angle of sight malum karo.
(ii) LRF se range malum karo.
(iii) Range table se malum kiye gaye range ke lie AP nikalo.
(iv) AP aur angle of sight ka jor ya ghatao karo.
QA = AP + AS

(b) Direct Method. Sight unit 102A/B ki madad se is prakar nikala jata
hai:-
(i) Sight unit 102A/B ke sab pointer zero karo.
(ii) Gun par target ka range lagao.
(iii) Open sight se target par aim len.
(iv) Sight unit ke elevation drum se elevation bubble ko middle
karen.
(v) Elevation ki reading hi angle of sight hai.

Bhag - III : Low angle fire mein QA ki halten

8. Yeh Hamwar satah ke sambandh mein target ke upar ya niche hone par
nirbhar karta hai, Angle ke adhar par QA paanch prakar ka hota hai:-
(a) Tgt hamwar satah se upar ho. Is halat mein nazar ka kon positive
hota hai isliyeQA=AS+AP.
(b) Tgt aur Lr samanunchain par ho. Is halat mein Nazar ki line
hamwar satah ke samanantar hoti hai. Isliye QA=AP.
(c) Tgt hamwar satah se thora niche ho. Is halat mein nazar ka kon
negative hota hai aur AS < AP isliye QA positive hoga.
(d) QA = 0. Is halat mein tgt hamwar satah se itna niche ho ki AS=AP
isliye QA=0 yaani Brl ki Line hamwar satah ke samanantar hoti hai
(e) Tgt hamwar satah se kaafi niche ho. Is halat mein AS negative
hota hai aur AS>AP, isliye QA negative hota hai.
 Rifelman’s Rule
 Hathiyar ke rear sight pe diya gaya range sirf un tgts ke range ke barabar hai jo humwar satah
per hai.
 Tgt Hamwar satah se upar ya nichhe hone par target ko engage karne keliye tgt ka sirf
Horizantal range lagaya jae aur na ki uska nazar ki line ka rg
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
146

 Kyonki Target upar ya nichhe hone par gurutvaakarshan ka sirf ek hissa goli ko nazar ki line ki
taraf keechta hai jiske karan trajectory chappti ho jati hai

Sankshep

9. MMG par kaam karne wale sabhi numaindon ko elevation ke principles samjhane
chahiye aur raat ke fire ke lie inka istemal karna ana chahiye. Night ops mein
kamyabi se apna task pura karne ke lie unhein sight unit 102 A/B aur range table se
yeh angle pata lagana aur use karne mein mahir hona chahiye.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
147

FIRE CONTROL- 3

RANGE TABLE

1. Parichay. Kisi bhi kism ka fire support dete samay fire control chart banane
ke alawa safety limit bhi janna zaruri hai. Is ke liye sab se pahale machine gun ke
numaindon ko range table ka istemal janana bahut zaruri hai.

2. Uddesh. Range table se wafiyat karana.

3. Range table
(a) Column No1 aur No12.Inme 500meter se 1800 meter tak jo ki MMG
ka effective range diya gaya hai. Yeh table ko asani se dekhne ke liye range
ko donnon taraf diya gaya hai. Yeh 50 m ke fasle par diya gaya hai.
(b) Column No 2.Ismein har ek range ka angle of projection diya gaya hai.
(c) Column No 3. Ismein har ek 50 m ke liye 1800 m tak liften, mils
mein di gayi hain.
(d) Column 4,5 aur 6. 15 kmph se chalne wali hawa ke liye mils mein
wind correction diya gaya hai. Coln 4 mein dahine baen ya 3 se 9 aur 9 se 3
baje ki disha mein chalne wali hawa ke liye haq diya gaya hai. Coln 5 mein
2,4,8 aur 10 baje se chalne wali hawa ka haq diya gaya hai aur coln 6 mein
1,5,7 aur 11 baje se chalne wali hawa ka haq diya gaya hai.
Udahran 1. 1200m door wale target ko engage karne ke liye hawa ke
correction ko calculate karein. Hawa 25kmph se 1-7 baje chal raha hai.
Ans. 1200m par 15kmph se 1-7 baje ki hawa ka asar = 3mil baeyn
25kmph hawa ka asar =3/15 x 25 = 5mil baeyn
Correction = 5 mil dahine = 5/2 = 2.5 ~ 3 Click Dahine

 Hawa ka Anuman:-
 Chhote patte aur tahniyoon ke hilne par ya jhande ke 45 deg lahraane pe – 15kmph
 Patle pedon ke hilne par ya jhande ke 90 deg lahraane pe- 30kmph
 Badi shaakhaon ke hilne par ya electric wire se seethiyon ki awaaz aane par- 45kmph
 Pedon ke hilne par ya hawa ke viprit chlne mein dikkat hone par – 60kmph

(e) Column 7 aur 8.Bullet ki maar kisi range mein nazar na aane par
elevation ki galti ko dhakkne ke liye laganewali unchai ki tadad isme di gayi
hai. Iss karwai ko Combined Sight Rule (CSR) Kehte hain. Coln 7 ka istemal
tab kiya jata hai jab ki range map ya LRF se napi gayi ho.Coln 8 ka istemal
tab kiya jata hai jab ki range approximation se napi gayi ho.
(f) Column 9 aur 10.Ismein har ek range par Effective beaten zone ki
samtal zameen par chaurai aur lambai di gayi hai. Is illaqe ke andhar 85-90%
goliyon ke girne ki sambhavna hai.
(g) Column 11. Ismein bullet ki flight ka samay ya time of flight diya gaya
hai.
 Mils Kya Hota Hai ?
 Kon ki maap ke liye ikaee ko Radian kehte hain. 01 Radian us kon ko darshata hai jo 1
meter doori par 1 meter ki chaudai banata hai
 1 miliradian (mils), 1 radian ka hazarwa bhag.
 Ek poora chakkar jo 360 deg ka hota hai , wah mils mein 6283 mil hota hai.
 NATO deshon ne 6283mils ko 6400mils mein roundoff kiya aur Soviet deshon ne
6283mils ko 6000mils mein roundoff kiya.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
148

 Isliye NATO deshon ke hathiyaar (Jaise ki FN MAG 58) ke ek chakkar mein 6400mils hota
hai aur Soviet deshon ke hathiyaar mein (Jaise ki AGS-30) 6000mils hota hai.
 1 degree = 16.6667 Soviet Mils YA 17.7778 NATO mils
 Miliradian ki paribasha se subtension ka formula is prakar hai:-
Mils = Meter/ Range x 1000

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
149

FIRE CONTROL- 4

BAYAN AUR PEHCHAN

Parichay
1. Machine gun se aam taur par long range par fire kiya jata hai aur is ka group
bhi bahut chhota banta hai. Is liye yadi target ka bayan karna aur pehchan karne
mein mamuli galti ho jae to fire kabhi bhi thik target par nahin jayega. Is liye Numbers
ka bayan aur pehchan karne ka tarika bahut achha hona chahiye.

Paribhashayen.

2. Zamini Nishan ke bayan aur pehachan se sambandait chand ek paribhasha:-

(a) Zamini nishan. Yeh woh pahchan mein ane wale nishan hain,
jinko commander zabani hukam mein istemal karta hai. Yeh aam taur par
Ground aur map dono mein paya jata hai.
(b) Madad ka nishan. Agar ek zamini nishan se doosre zamini nishaan
ya target ke beech ka phasla zyada ho to madad ke nishaan chunna jata hai
taki inki madad se zamini nishan ya target ka bayan kiya ja sake.
(c) Aam Rukh. Yeh wah rekha hai jo zimmewari ke illaqe ya hukkam
mein kaam aane wale illaqe ko lagbhag do barabar hisson mein bant ta hai.
Yeh rekha class ke position ke beech se chuna hua koi Zamini nishaan se
hokar aage ki taraf barta hai. Aam Rukh ke liye Zamini Nishan Chunte waqt
dhyaan mein rakhne wali batein:-
(i) Zamini Nishan mashoor ho.
(ii) Far distance mein ho aur yadi ho sake to sky line par ho.
(iii) Yeh ilaqe ke lagbhag beech mein ho.
(iv) Yadi chaurai mein ek degree se zyada ho to uska kinara diya
jaye.
(v) Din aur raat ke samay pehchana ja sake.

Zamini Nishan Dene ki Tartib.

3. Zamini Nishan Dene ki Tartib is prakar hain:-

(a) Group. Jis tukri ko zamini nishan dikhana hai uska dhyan akarshit
karne ke liye e.g. class, section, Det, „O‟ group.
(b) Range. Apni jagah se zamini nishan ka range meter mein kam se
kam 50 meter tak banta jaye. Range dete samay dhyaan mein rakhne wali
batein:-
(i) Range ko near distance- 400m tak, middle distance 700m tak
aur far distance 700m se zyada ke taur per bhi diya ja sakta hai.
(ii) Jab bhi range diya jata hai wah apni jagah se doori hoti hai na ki
aur kisi nishaan se.
(iii) Bayan mein meter shabd ka prayog na kiya jae.
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
150

(a) Aid (Madad). Zamini nishan ka bayan karne ke liye jis tarike ki madad
li jaye. Jab disha ka prayog kiya jaye to range disha ke baad diye jata hai.

(b) Description. Zamini nishan ka bayan taki dekhnewalon ko woh

samajh aa jaye e.g. “No1 lr samne dekh, 500, gaon ke bayen kinare par ek
bara gol ped, jiske patte gahre hare rang ke hain aur uske dahine ek safed
makan hai, naam gol ped”.

Zamini Nishan DIkhane ke Tariqe

4. Zamini nishan dikhane ke liye sabse sidha aur sadharan tarika jisse nishan
jald se jald bataya ja sake, ka proyog karna chahiye. Zamini nishan dikhane ke alag
alag tarike niche likhe gaye hain:-

(a) Direct Method (Sidha Tarika). Yeh sabse sadharan aur achha tarika
hai. Ismein saamne/ dahine/ baeyn disha ke alawa aur kisi madad ka sahyog
nahin liya jata hai aur ye sabse asan zamini nishan dikhane mein kaam aata
hai. Jaise “Samne bridge” ya “dahine, safed Makaan”.

(b) The Direction Method (Disha ka Tarika)

(i) Is tarike mein aam rukh/ zamini nishan se disha dee jati hai.
Niche likhi dishaon ka hi prayog kiya jayega :-

(aa) Thoda baen ya dahine : Takriban 10 degree.

(ab) Ek chouthai baen ya dahine : Takriban 22 degree.
(ac) Adha baen ya dahine : Takriban 45 degree.
(ad) Teen chouthai baen ya dahine : Takriban 67 degree.
(ae) Pura baen ya dahine : Takriban 90 degree.

(ii). Yadi bataya na gaya ho to sabhi disha aam rukh se hi maani jati
hai Jaise:-

(aa) Aadha dahine - Tekri (Tekri, aam rukh se Takriban 45

degree dahine hai).
(ab) Safed Makaan- Pura Dahine- Tekri (Tekri, Safed Makaan
se Takriban 90 degree dahine hai).

(c) The Clock Ray Method (Ghari ka Tarika). Yadi Direct aur
Direction method se Nishaan ka bayaan nahi ho paraha hai to Kisi Clock ray
method ka prayog kiya jata hai. Yeh tariqa zameeni nishaan ya madad ke
nishaan se istemal kiya jata hai. Ghari ke beech wale hisse ko us nishan par
rakho jisse aap madad ke nishan ke taur par istemal kar rahe ho. Ghari ke
jitne baje agla nishan parta hai woh diya jaye. Is tarike ko istemal karte samay
kuchh dhyan mein rakhne wali baaten is prakar hain:-
(i) Ghari ke 6 baje ka rukh apni taraf hota hai.
(ii) Gahri ke baje batane se pahle baen ya dahine ka prayog kiya
jaye.
(iii) 6 aur 12 baje ke liye niche aur upar ka prayog kiya jaye.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
151

(iv) Briefing sun ne waali tukri nazdik ho taaki ghari ki suyion ka

theek anuman laga saken.
(v) Unchi zamin se niche dekhna ho toh ghari zamin ke saath
samtal ho.
(vi) Nichi zamin se unchi zamin dekh raha ho toh ghari khare rukh
mein ho.

(d) The Degree Method (Degree ka Tarika).

(i) Agar ghari ke samay ke rukh mein ek hi tarike ke zyada nishan
hon tab target ko zaahir karne ke liye ghari ke saath degree ka bhi
istemal kiya jaata hai. Degree ko naapne ke liye hamare paas niche
likhe saadhan hain:-
(aa) Baen hath se - 1,3,5,8,12 aur 19 degree.
(ab) Durbeen se - 4 degree tak.
(ac) Rifle ki foresight, foresight protector aur backsight leaf se
3 degree tak.
(ad) LMG foresight protector - 2 degree tak.
(ii) Agar do nishaan ke beech 19 degree se zyaada pharak hai to
beech mein madad ka nishaan chuna jae.

Check back

5. Yeh yakin karne ke liye ki koi mushkil zamini nishan jo bataya gaya ho use
sab jawanon ne samajh liya hai commander use check back karwa sakta hai. Iske
liye woh check back shabd ka prayog karta hai. Jo aadmi „check back‟ kar raha hai
woh diye hue zamini nishan se koi aur zamini nishan ka bayan karta hai.

6. Mushkil zamini nishan dikhane ke bad commander "seen" poochh sakta hai.
Jise nishan samajh aa gaya ho woh chup rahenge aur jinhon ne nahin dekha hai woh
"not seen" ka prayog karenge.

Charon Taraf Zamini Nishan Dene ki Tartib

7. Yeh is tarteeb mein diya jaye:-

(a) Sabse pahle aam rukh.

(b) Phir ghari ke sidhe rukh sabhi zamini nishan diye jayen jo dikhai de
rahe hon.
(c) Waapis aam rukh.
(d) Zamini nishanon ko dohraya jaye.
(e) Aakhir mein jo zamini nishan dikhai na de rahe hon unhein bataya jaye.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
152

Auto Hathiyaron ke Zimmewari ke Ilake ko Batane ki Tartib

8. Ise is tartib mein bataya jaye:-

(a) Aam rukh.

(b) Bayen hadd aur dahine hadd.
(c) Task (Zimmewari ke ilake mein).
(d) Primary Arc, secondary arc aur fixed line.
(e) Fire kholne ki hadd din mein aur raat mein.

Zamini Nishan Dete Samay Dhyan mein Rakhne Wali Batein

9. Yeh nimnlikhit hai:-

(a) Zamini Nishaan sthir hona chahiye.

(b) Bayan chhota, sada aur saaf ho.
(c) Kathin nishan sabhi tarikon ki madad se diya jae.
(d) Disha hamesha aam rukh se di jaye.
(e) Diye gaye hadon mein zamini nishan bayen se dahine bayan karne
chahiye.
(f) Commander dwara diye gaye nishan ka naam badali nahin karna
chahiye.
(g) Jo zamini nishan dikhai na deta ho use aakhir mein bayan karein.
(h) Agar zamine nishan ka failao ek (1) degree se zyada hai to phir uska
koi kinara diya jaye.
(j) Unhi zamini nishanon ka bayan karein jo aap ke zabani hukam se
sambandh rakhte hon. Pahle apne zabani hukam taiyar karein aur phir uske
mutaabik zamini nishan chunein.

Uddharan

10. Aam Rukh ka Bayan.

(a) Class saamne dekh- far distance – Sky line per sabse uncha point-
naam Tekri.
(b) Class ka Madhya- Tekri – aur barti line door tak – aam rukh.

11. Zamini Nishaan ka bayan

(a) Class- Adha Baeyn dekh –500 -ek safed makkan jiska chhat hare rang
ka hain- naam “Safed Makan”.
(b) Hawala “Safed Makan”- Dahine- 2 baje-12 degree- ek choti jhadee jo
gol akar ka hai - naam “Gol jhaadee” (yahan par gol jhadee sirf ek madad ka
nishan hai)
(c) Hawala “Gol Jhaadee”- Dahine – 1 baje- 8 degree- Raaste mein ek „Y‟
junction - naam “Y Junction”

12. Issi prakkar ghadi ke seedhe rukh mein baaki zamini nishaan ka bayan kiya
jata hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
153

Sankshep

13. Agar aap larai ke dauran target ka bayan aur pehchan karna achhi tarah se
jante hain to larai ke maidan mein aap karger fire dal kar apna mudda bahut hi achhi
tarah se hasil kar sakte hain.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
154

FIRE CONTROL - 5
FIRE KI DEKHBHAL, RANGING AUR DARJ KARNA

Parichay

1. Larai mein yeh baat sab se ziada ahmiyat rakhti hai ki jo fire dushman par
giraya ja raha ho woh karger ho . Samay aur amn ki bachat karte hue fire ko durust
karte hue karger banaya jae, is ke liye nihayat zaruri hai ki MMG section ke har ek
No's ko unchai aur disha ki galtian dur karna aur ranging karna aata ho.
2. Aam taur par fire par control fire controller hi karta hai. Khas taur par jab ki
800m se ziada dur kisi target par fire giraya ja raha ho lekin kai mauke aise bhi
ayenge jab gun Numbers ko khud hi yeh karwai karna parega. Aise maukon ke liye
aman ke dauran sabhi gun Numbers ko bhi chahiye ki woh fire control mein nipunta
hasil karen.

Bhagon mein Baant.

3. Yeh lecture aap ko teen bhagon mein sikhlaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag - I. - Fire ki dekhbhal
(b) Bhag - II. - Ranging
(c) Bhag - III. - Registration (Darj karna)

Bhag - I: Fire ki dekhbhal

4. Dekhbhal ka matlab hai ki yeh dekhna ki target ke sambhandh mein fire ka
asar kahan ban raha hai. Ek burst fire karke us gp ka centre pata karte hain, phir
dekhte hain ki tgt ke lihaz se yeh kahan aur kitni dur banta hai.
6. Aam taur par dekhbhal aur ranging sec commander ke dwara ki jati hai, lekin
larai ke dauran aisa bhi ho sakta hai ki Nos ko khud bhi fire par kabu karna pad sakta
hai.
7. Dekhbhal par asar dalne wali baten is parkar se hain:-
(a) Target ke Aas Pass ki Bhumi. Sukha ret, jota hua khet, naram,
bhurbhari mitti aur chhote ghas wale ilaqe mein maar dekhna aasan hai aur
daldal zameen, lambi ghas ya jharidar ilaqe mein maar dekhna muskil hai.
(b) Dikhav. Roshni ka kam hona, dhund, dhul mein maar kaam dikhai
degi banispit saaf mausam ke.
(c) Suraj.Subah aur sham ko jab suraj charta/doob raha ho to maar
dekhna aasan hai. Jab ki dupahar mein kathin hota hai. Agar suraj firer ki
ankh mein sidha parega to muskil hogi aur pichhe se parne par dekhne
mein aasani hogi.
(d) Hawa.Agar hawa tej chal rahi ho to maar kam dekhai degi kyonki
burst se udne wali dhul shigra hi hawa ke sath nikal jayegi.
(e) Range. Jaise jaise rg barhega maar ka andaja lagana utna hi
mushkil hoga.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
155

(f) Dushman ki Karwai. Karger fire hone se dushman apni jagah

badli karega ya wapis fire karega. Dushman ki in harkaton se andaza lagaya
ja sakta hai ki maar kargar hai ya nahin.
(g) Battle field Screnario. Ek baat yad rahe ki larai ke halat mein anya
hathiyaro ke fire se dhuan aur dhul ki wajah se tgt par firer ko apne gun ki
maar ko dekhna kathin ho jayega.Aise samay mein uran ke samay ko
madhya nazar rakhte hue dekhbhal karna hi samajhdari hai.
(h) Time of flight. Lambe time of flight ke karan firer ko apne maar ki
dekhbal karna mushkil ho sakta hai.
8. Fire ke Asar ka Target se Doori Maapne ka Tariqa.
(a) Line mein Pharak. Line mein pharak Fire controller aam taur par deg
mein napta hai. Deg mein naapne ke liye Binocular ya apne haathon ka
istemal kiya jata hai. Binocular se 4 deg aur haathon se 1,2,3,5,8,12,19 deg
tak naapa ja sakta hai.
(b) Range mein Pharak. Rg mein pharak naapna mushkil hai. Range
mein pharak ka kewal andaaza kiya ja sakta hai.

9. Fire ki Dekhbal karte waqt dhyaan mein rakhne wali batien.

(a) Lambi rangeon ki apeksha pahle burst nangi ankhon se hi dekha jaye
aur bad mein binocular ka istemal Karen.
(b) Kai bar maar dekhne ke lihaz se target ke nazdik ka ilaqa kafi behtar
hoga. Pahle maar achhe ilaqe mein dekh li jaye phir target par durusti dekar
lai jaye. Surprise kayam rakhne ke liye is tariqeka istemal nahi karna chahiye.
(c) Yadi pahle burst kisi karan nazar na aaye aur yakeen hai ki apni sena
ke location mein na gire ho, isi setting par ek aur burst fire Karen. Agar dusre
burst bhi nazar na aaye to unchai aur disha mein tabdili Karen aur apni sena
ki safety ka khayal rakhte hue aisi jagah par fire giraen jahan maar nazar
aaye.
(d) Agar yah nischit nahi hai ki pehla burst target per girega aur agar
yakeen hai ki target aur uske nazdeek illaqon mein maar dikhai de sakta hai to
ammunition ki bachat ke liye pehle burst chotta fire karein.
(e) Agar tgt ke illaqe mein maar dikhne ki sambhavna kam ho to pehla
burst lamba fire kiya jae.
(f) Agar tgt ke peeche Dead ground ho to tgt se thoda kam rg lagakar
pehla fire kiya jae. Agar tgt ke aage Dead ground ho to tgt se thoda zyaada rg
lagakar pehla fire kiya jae.
(g) Dhyan rahe ki agar target par beaten zone ka sirf ek hissa dikhai de
raha hai to yeh nischit karna zaroori hai ki target par poora beaten zone gir
raha ho. Agar beaten zone ka ek hissa tgt ke nazdeek kinare par dikhai de
raha hai to ho sakta hai ki hume Beaten Z ka nazdeek kinara dikh raha hai aur
fire kargar hai ya hume beaten zone ka door kinara dikhai de raha hai aur fire
ka asar target se nazdeek gir raha hai.
(h) Tracer ki madad se 1150m tak dekhbal karna asaan hota hai. 1150m
se adhik doori par goliyon ke range ka dekhbal karna mushkil ho jata hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
156

(j) Traverse aur depth target ko engage karte waqt zaroori nahi hai ki
saare burst tgt par nazar aae. Magar pichle bursts ki maar ko dekhkar yeh
yakeen ho jata hai ki burst sahi gira hoga.

Bhag - II : Ranging

10. Unchai aur Disha mein durusti dekar fire ke assar ko target mein laane ki
karwai ko ranging kehte hain. Zaruri nahi hai ki pehla burst tgt par hi ho, deflection
aur elevation mein antar ke karan fire Shist ke nishaan par nahi girta.

Deflection mein Adjustment

11. Deflection mein Antar. Nishaana lene mein galti, sahi zeroing na karne
se ya hawa ke asar ka galat anumaan lagane se deflection mein antar ho sakta hai.
Fire ke Dekhbal ke dauran is antar ko deg mein napa jata hai.
12. Deflection mein Correction. Naape hue deflection ke antar ko viprit
disha mein correction dekar sahi ki ja sakti hai. Correction neeche di gai tariqe se di
jaati hai:-
(a) Degree mein Correction. FC se mila hua degree correction ke
hisaab se Nos ek naya shist ka nishaan chunkar fire karta hai. Fire tgt par hi
girega.
(b) Clicks mein Correction. FC, degree ke correction ko clicks mein
badalkar ya chotte correction ko andaaze se clicks mein de sakta hain. Firer
mile hue correction ko deflection drum par clicks mein lagata hai.
Elevation mein Adjustment
13. Elevation mein Antar. Nishaana lene mein galti, sahi zeroing na karne se
ya range ka galat anumaan se Elevation mein antar ho sakta hai.
14. Elevation Mein Correction. Elevation ka correction meters me aur
indirect fire karte samay degree mein diya jata hai. Is baat ka pakka anumaan lagana
ki beaton zone target se kitna niche ya upar gir raha hai, shayad kabhi bhi lambe-
lambe rangon par sambhav hoga. Mile hua correction firer sight par lagakar ussi
shist ke nishaan par lay karta hai.
Ranging karte waqt dhyaan mein rakhne wali batein.
15. Jab taki maar na dikhe tab tak andaaze se unchain aur disha mein koi
correction na diye jaye. Isliye zaroorat hai ki aisi jagah par fire kare jahan maar
dikhne ki sambhavna ho.
16. Over Estimation. Jab bhi shak paida ho andaza ziada lagaya jae jis se ki
target gehrai mein aa jae aur samay aur amn ki bachat ki ja sake. Kabhi bhi kam
andaza lagate hue target ki taraf khisakna nahin chahiye balkih target ko gehrai mein
lena chahiye.
17. Correction Hamesha Fire Controller Hi de Fire controller fire mein durusti
dena ke liye behtar posn mein hai aur woh maar ko dekhne ke liye durbin ka istemal
kar sakta hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
157

18. OP Position. Agar target pe maar nazar nahi aa raha hai to OP ko aise
koi postion mein rakhna hoga jahan se wo maar ki dekhbaal karke fire controller ko
bata sake. Dhyaan rahe ki Fire controller OP se napa hua fire asar aur target ke
beech ke pharak ko gun postion ke hissab se correction mein tabdil karein. Kyonki
agar OP ka position gun se bohat door hai to OP se napa hua pharak gun position
ke hisaab se sahi nahi hoga. Uddharan ke taur par agar OP, fire ki line se 90 deg
par hai to OP se napa hua Dahine/baeyn ka pharak, gun position se Upar/Neeche
ka correction hoga, aur agar OP fire ki line par hi tgt ke nazdeek hai to OP se napa
hua mils ka pharak, gun position se zyada hoga.

Bhag - III : Registration

19. SU 102A/B aur kisi shist ke nishaan ki madad se target ke elevation aur
deflection ko darj karne ki karwai ko Registration kehte hain. Target ko register karne
se zaroorat padne par darj kiya hua data lagakar kharab mausam ya raat ke samay
target par kargar fire giraya ja sakta hai. Ho sake to target ka data do alag-alag shist
ke nishaan se pada jae taki kisi ek ke hilne par bhi tgt engage kiya ja sake
Registration do parakar ke hote hain:-

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
158

(a) Bina Fire kiye. Shaanti kaal ke dauran ya jab fire karne ka aadesh
na ho tab gun ko tgt par lay karke SU 102A/B se elevation or deflection
reading darj kiya jata hai. Jab fire karne ki zaroorat pade to is reading par
hawa ka correction joda jata hai.
(b) Fire karke Registration. Agar fire karne ka aadesh ho to, fire
karke tgt ki ranging ki jaati hai. Jab fire kargar ho to SU 102 A/B se target ka
elevation aur deflection reading ko pada jata hai. Is reading se ranging ke
dauran walehawa ke correction ko ghatakar target ka sahi reading darj kiya
jata hai.Jab fire karne ki zaroorat pade to is reading par hawa ka correction
joda jata hai. Is tariqe se target ka accurate reading mil sakta hai.

Sankshep

20. Samay aur amn ki bachat aur dushman ko jaldi neutralized karne ke liye MMG
ke sabhi Nos ko fire ki dekhbhal, ranging aur darj karna ana chahiye

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
159

FIRE CONTROL - 6

ALL TARGET MMG

Parichay

1. Medium machine gun inf Batallion ka ek mahatvapuran hathiyar hai jisse ki

hum dushman ke upar thore samay mein bhari tadad mein fire daal sakte hain. Yeh
tab mumkin hai jab ki ham MMG ka istemal soch samaj kar aur durust tarike se
karen. Larai ke maidan mein alag-alag target hamein milenge aur gun numbers ki itni
qabiliyat honi chahiye ki jaldi se jaldi target pehchan kar us par effective fire daal
saken.

2. Uddesh Medium machine gun se point , traverse aur depth wala target
ko marna sikhlana.

3. Yeh Lec /demo aap ko teen bhagon mein sikhlaya jaega :-

(a) Bhag – I Nukta(Point) target.
(b) Bhag - II Chaurai Wala(Traverse) target.
(c) Bhag - III Gharai Wala(Depth) target.
(d) Bhag - IV Combined Sight Rule

Bhag - I

Nukta Target
4. Paribhasha : Point target woh target hai jis ki width 4 mils tak aur depth 50
meter tak ho . Nukta target ki chaurai aur gehrai nangi ankh se kuch bhi malum nahin
hoti. Section commander shayad durbin se nuqta target ko achi tarah se dekh sake.
Lekin jab gun numbers nuqta target par lay karte hain to yeh umid nahin ki ja sakti ki
woh bilkul sahi lay karen. Larai ke maidan mein point target ki tarah pesh ane wale
targets kuch is tarah hain :-
(a) Pill box.
(b) LMG ya MMG morcha khule mein.
(c) RL/ RCL gun detachment.
(d) OP
(e) 84mm mor pit .
(f) AA role mein lagi MMG/LMG.
(g) Gari par mount kiya hua MMG ya RCL.

5. Method of Fire
(a) Nuqta target ko marne ke liye fire ki vidhi Dahine/Bayen do click hoti
hai. Ek burst ki angular width kisi bhi range par 2 mils hoti hai aur nuqta target

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
160

ki zaida se zaida chaurai 4 mils hoti hai, is liye kaayde se ek nuqta target ko
do burst se barbad kiya ja sakta hai.

2 Bursts se 4mils cover

(b) Sikhlai ke hisab se firer ko hamesha target ke madhya lay karna
chaiye. Aise ek kinare par ek mil bach jata hai. Isliye kam se kam teen burst
fire karne ki zarurat parti hai.

Madhya mein Nishana lene par teen Bursts

(c) Point target ko nangi ankh se dekha jaye to uske kinare nahin
pehchane ja sakte. Is liye firer point target ke madhya ko ho sakta hai na
pechchan paye aur target ke kisi ek kinare ko madhya samajh kar shist le.
Agar aisa hota hai to teen burst se bhi ek kinere mein ek mil ka target bach
jayega.

Dahine Kinare pe Nishana Bayen Kinare pe Nishana

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
161

(d) Isliye target ko puri tarah barbad karne ke liye kam se kam
bayen/dahine 2 click dekar fire karne ki zarurat parti hai.

Note: Agar yeh yakeen hai ki pehle burst par hi poora target cover ho raha
hai to CLICK lagane ki zaroorat nahi hai.

6. Ek Gun se Fire. Point target gun lay ke adesh par numbers target ke
madhya mein lay karte hain aur No 1 “ON” pukarta hai. DAHINE BAYEN DO CLICK
Fire ke hukam par ek burst fire karta hai , ek click dahine karta hai aur ek burst fire
karta hai , phir ek click dahine karta hai aur ek burst fire karta hai, disha ki galti ko
dhapne ke liye . Is ke bad 3 click baen karta hai aur ek burst fire karta hai, phir ek
click bayen karta hai aur ek burst fire karta hai disha ki galti ko dhapne ke liye .Jab
yeh karwai khatam ho jati hai to madhya mein phir us jagah parlay karta hai aur “ON”
pukarta hai . Burst ke beech mein shisht check karne ki zaroorat nahi hai. Agar Fire
controller ko target par aur fire girana hai to GO ON ka aadesh deta hai jispe det
pehle ki tarah karwai karti hai.

Ek Gun se Point Target par Fire

7. Tgt ke ahmiyat ke hissab se sec gun ka bhi istemaal kiya ja sakta hai, magar
fire ki vidhi ek gun ke jaisa hi hota hai.
8. Fire Order.
(a) No 1 Det
(b) 1400 (range)
(c) Tgt ka bayan
(d) Pt tgt gun lay
(e) Hawa Dahine 6 Click
(f) Dahine- Bayen 2 Click
(g) Fire

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
162

Bhag - II : Chaurai Wala(Traverse) Target

9. Paribhasha. Traverse target who targets hote hain aur jinme alag alag point
target pehchaan mein nahi aa raha ho, aur jiski puri chaurai ko cover karne ki
avasiyakta hoti hai. Inki chaurai 4 mils se adhik aur gehrai 50 meter tak ho . Jaise ki
garion ka convey. Chaurai wala target woh target hai jiski width nangi ankh se nazar
aati hai .Larai ke maidan mein hamlawar tps ya fire support dete waqt objective ek
traverse wale target ki tarah pesh ayega. Ek samay ek gun ko 50 mils aur ek section
ko 100 mils se adhik chaurai wala target nahin dena chahiye kyonki inhe barbad
karne amn aur samay zyada lagega. Agar is se adhik chaurai wala target ho to uske
hisse bana kar use engage karna chahiye ya dusri section ko woh target diya jaye.
10. Method of Fire : EK Gun Se. Pahle target ke donon kinaron ka bayan
kiya jayega aur iske bad „Traversing gun Lay‟ ka adesh diya jayega.Is aadesh par
gun target ke madhya men lay karte hain aur „ON‟ pukarte hain. Fire ke adesh par
ek burst madhya mein fire karte hain aur click shist fire karte hue target ke dahine
kinare tak jate hainaur deflection ki galti ko dhapne ke liye ek click extra fire karte
hain phir target ke madhya mein lay karke isi prakar target ke bayen kinare tak click
shist fire karte hain aur deflection ki galti ko dhapne ke liye ek click extra fire karte
hain. Phir dubara target ke madhya men lay karke „ON‟ pukarenga.Fire controller ko
target par aur fire girana hai to GO ON ka aadesh deta hai jispe det pehle ki tarah
karwai karti hai. Har Click lagane ke baad shist ko check kiya jata hai, Target tircha
hone par ya tartarahat ke karan agar shist target se uppar ya neeche ho to elevtion
drum se durusti di jaati hai.

Traverse Target : Ek Gun

11. Method of Fire: Sec Gun se Det Target Par. Det tgts ki chaurai 50 mils tak
hoti hai, yeh ek det se engage kiya ja sakta hai magar target ki aihmiyat ke karan
agar sec gun se fire karwa rahe ho to aadesh milta hai “Det tgt traversing gun lay”,
dono guns single gun ke tariqe se click lagakar poore tgt ki chaurai ko cover karte
hai, magar dahine wala gun pehle dahine ko switch lagata hai aur baye wala gun
pehle bayen ko.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
163

Traverse Det Target : Sec Gun

12. Method of Fire: Sec Gun se Sec Target Par. Sec target ki chaurai 50-100
mils tak hoti hai aur yeh ek det ke qabliyat se bahar hai. Aise tgt ko barbad karne ke
liye pehle Fire Controller Dahine, Baeyn kinare aur shist ke nishaan ka bayan karta
hai. Zaroori nahi hai ki shist ka nishaan tgt ke madhya mein hi ho. Shist ke nishaan
ko aisa bhi chuna ja sakta hai taki kisi ek gun ko target ka chhota hissa diya jae
jahan par zyada fire ki zaroorat ho. Bayan hone ke baad “Sec tgt Traversing Gun
Lay” ka aadesh diya jata hai. Is adesh par donon gun shist ke nishaan mein lay karke
„ON‟ pukarte hain. „Fire‟ ke hukum par burst fire karte hain phir dahinagun dahine
click shist fire karti hai jati haii aur bayaengun bayen jati hai. Donnon gun target ke
kinare par pahunch kar ek-ek burst extra fire karti hai, disha ke galti dhapne ke liye.
Phir click shist fire karte hain aur madhya mein aane ke bad ek-ek click overlap fire
karti hai, jis se Beaton Zone madhya mein overlap ho jae. Akhir mein madhya mein
lay karke „ON‟ pukarte hain. Click lagate samay pehle ki tarah unchai ki durusti bhi
deti hai.

Traverse Sec Target : Sec Gun

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
164

13. Method of Fire: Jab Kinaron ko Darshaya Nahi ja Sakta.Larai ke maidan

mein zyadatar aise traverse target milte hai jinke kinaron mein koi mashoor nishaan
nahi hota jisse Fire controller Nos ko darsha sake. Aisetargeton per fire girane Fire
controller target ke beech koi shist ke nishaan ka bayaan karta hai. Bayan ho jane
par “ Traversing Gun Lay” (Sec gun ke liye “Det/ Sec tgt Traversing Gun Lay”) ka
aadesh diya jata hai. Gun ko shist ke nishaan par lay kiya jata hai.Fire Controller
Shist ke nishaan se target ka Dahine aur bayen kinaron ki doori mils mein napte
hain, isse Clicks mein tabdili karte hainaur ek Click extra jod dete hain.
Dahine___clicks, Bayen ___Clicks Fire ke aadhesh par No1 sikhe hue tariqe se Click
ke hissab se fire karte hain. Sec gun hone par aadesh Det/ Sec tgt Traversing Gun
Lay ka milta hai aur Nos batae gae Clicks ke hissab se sikhe hue tariqe se fire karte
hain.Mils ko Click mein badlne ka Udharan:-
(a) Shist ke Nishan se Dahine Kinare ki Doori - 8 Mils.
(b) Dahine Kinare tak Clciks - 8/2 = 4 Clicks.
(c)„ Disha ki galti - 4 +1=5 Click.
(d) Shist ke Nishan se Bayen Kinare ki Doori - 6 Mils
(e) Bayen Kinare tak Clciks - 6/2 = 3 Clicks.
(f)„ Disha ki galti - 3 +1=4 Click.
(g) Method of fire - D 5 Click, B 4 Click.

Traaverse Tgt : Kinaron ko Darshaya Nahi Ja Sakta

14. Target Chupne Par Karwai Larai ke maidan mein jab hamara fire
dushman ke upar kargar ho raha ho to uski koshish hogi ki kisi tarah se hamare fire
mein rukawat dale. Ho sakta hai ki dushman smoke ka parda banaye jis se ham fire
ka asar na dekh saken aur shist bhi check na kar sake. Target ko marte samay yade
smoke ya dhund ke karan target chup jane ka dar ho to fire controller fire ko rokhta
hai aur tgt ke beech ek shist ke nishaan ka bayan karta hai (agar pehle se na kiya
gaya ho) aur “Treaversing Gun lay” ka aadesh deta hai. No 1 shist ke nishaan par lay
karta hai.“Sight Unit Bahar” ke aadesh par No2 SU102A/B ko gun pe chada deta hai.
Phir fire controller "Pick up aiming mark" ka hukam dete hai, is aadesh par No2 gun
ke nazdeek ek nishaan chunta hai aur sight ko harkat dete hue us par lay karta hai
aur longitudnal bubble ko madhya mein karta hai. Isi dauran Fire controller Shist ke
nishaan se Dahine aur Bayen kinar tak ka clicks pata karta hai aur ek ek extra click
jod deta hai.Dahine___clicks, Bayen ___Clicks Fire ke aadhesh par dono Nos
register kiye hue target ko barbad karne ke drill ke hissab se Click lagakar fire karta
hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
165

15. Traverse targets ke Aadseh:-

Single Gun, kinaren
Single Gun Sec gun, det tgt Sec Gun, sec tgt darshaya nahi ja
sakta
No 1 Gun No 1 Gun Sec No 1 Gun Sec No 1 Gun
Rg 1400 Rg 1400 Rg 1400 Rg 1400
Refer Pole Dahine, 5 Refer Pole Dahine, 5 Refer Pole Dahine, 5 Refer Pole Dahine, 5
baje, 5 deg ‘Tree’, baje, 5 deg ‘Tree’, Tree, baje, 5 deg ‘Tree’, baje, 5 deg ‘Tree’,
Tree, traverse tgt ka traverse tgt ka bayen Tree, traverse tgt ka Tree, shist ka nishaan
bayen kinara. Ref tree kinara. Ref tree dahine bayen kinara. Ref tree
dahine 3 baje, 3 baje, 2degree ‘Bush’, dahine 3 baje,
2degree ‘Bush’, Bush Bush traverse tgt ka 5degree ‘Bush’, Bush
traverse tgt ka dahina dahina kinara traverse tgt ka dahina
kinara kinara
Ref ‘Bush’, baeyn, 9
baje, 2 deg, white
stone, white stone
shist ka nishaan
Traversing Gun Det Tgt Traversing Gun Sec Tgt Traversing Gun Traversing Gun
lay(ON) Lay(ON) lay(ON) lay(ON)
Hawa bayen 6 Clicks Hawa bayen 6 Clicks Hawa bayen 6 Clicks Hawa bayen 6 Clicks
(ON) (ON) (ON) (ON)
Dahine 5 Click,Bayen
4 Click
Fire Fire Fire Fire
No 1 Gun rukh No 1 Gun sec rukh No 1 Gun sec rukh No 1 Gun rukh

Bhag – III : Gehrai Wala Target

16. Gehrai wala target aisa nuqta ya traverse target hai jiski gehrai 50 meter se
adhik hai.
17. Ek samay mein ek section ko 200 meter se adhik depth wala target nahin
dena chahiye. Agar target ki depth isse jyade hai to iske hisse bana kar alag-alag
target maan kar barbad kiya jaye. Gehrai wala target ya to point ya traverse wala
targets ki tarah marte hain jis prakar aapko pichle do bhagon mein bataya gaya.

18. Lay ka Aadesh. Target ke kism ke mutabiq section commander hukam

deta hai „Aadhe raaste point tgt gun lay‟ ya „Aadhe raste Traversing gun lay‟. Is
aadesh par gun ko mean range par lay kiya jata hai. Agar tgt ki gehrai 100m hai to
mean range nazdeek kinare se 50m zyada hoga,agar tgt ki gehrai 150m ya 200m hai
to mean range nazdeek kinare se 100m zyada hoga.

19. Engage Karna (Marne ki Vidhi) . Mean range par lay karke „ON‟
pukarte hain. “Fire” ke hukam par nuqta ya chaurai wala jaisa bhi target ho usko
marta hai. Phir wapas madhya mein pahunch kar „ON‟ pukarta hai. Section

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
166

commander gehrai ko marne ke liye liften deta hai. Iske liye adesh deta hai Niche 50
phir upar 100, tab tak deta hai jab tak target ki gehrai puri na ho jae. Har ek lift ke
baad Gun Clicks lagakar us elevation ko barbad karega.

20. Angle of Sight Jab target kisi dhalwan par hota hai to ho sakta hai ki
donnon kinaron ka nazar ka kon alag-alag ho. Aisi halat mein Beaton Zone upar
wale kinare par nahin pahunchega. Yeh yakin karne ke liye ki upar wala kinara
dhapa gaya hai, section commander ko apni sujh-bujh se aur elevation de sakta hai.

Bhag - IV : Combined Sight Rule (CSR)

21. Agar target par fire ka asar dikhai nahi de raha hai to Disha aur Unchai ki
durusti dena sambhav nahi hoga. Aise halat mein galti ko chupaane ke liya extra
burst fire karne ki zaroorat pad sakti hai.
22. Disha ki galti dahine aur bayen ek extra burst fir karke chupaya jata hai.
Unchai ki galti ko chupaane Combine sight rule ka istemal kiya jata hai.
23. CSR mein galti ko chupane ke liye jis elevation par fire dikhai nahi de raha ho,
uske uppar aur neeche wali elevations par bhi fire kiya jata hai. Kul kitne elevation
par fire karna hota hai yeh range table ke coln 7 aur 8 mein se milta hai.
24. CSR ke anusaar Lifts lagate samay agar kisi bhi elevation par burst target se
upar nazar aagaya to us elevation se upar wale elveations par fire karne ki

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
167

avshyakta nahi hai. Agar burst target se neeche nazar aagaya to us elevation se
neeche wale elevations par fire karne ki aavshyakta nahi hai.
Udahran 1. Dushman ke bunkar daldal zameen par hone ke karan fire ka
asar dikhai nahi de raha ta. Buker ka range andaaze se 1300m ta. Kitne
elevation pe fire karne se yah sunischit hoga ki bunker per karkgar fire giraa
hai?
Ans. Rg table ke column 8 (andaaza) mein 1300m ke liye 5 elevation ki
zaroorat hai:
1st Elevation - 1300m
2nd Elevation - (Neeche 50) 1250m
3rd Elevation - (Uppar 100) 1350m
4th Elevation - (Neeche150) 1200m
5th Elevation - (Uppar 200) 1400m

Udahran 2. Agar Udahran 1 mein doosre elevation (1250 m) par fire karte
samay agar fire ka asar tgt se neeche dikhai de raha ho to kitne elevation
mein fire karne ki zaroorat padegi?
Ans. Doosre elevation mein burst nazdeek dikhne ke karan sirf inke uppar
wale elevation mein fire karne ki zaroorat hai.
1st Elevation - 1300m
2nd Elevation - (Neeche 50) 1250m
3rd Elevation - (Uppar 100) 1350m
4th Elevation - (Upar 50) 1400m

Udahran 3. Agar Udahran 1 mein doosre elevation (1250 m) par fire karte
samay agar fire ka asar tgt se uppar dikhai de raha ho to kitne elevation
mein fire karne ki zaroorat padegi?
Ans. Doosre elevation mein burst uppar dikhne ke karan sirf inke neeche
wale elevation mein fire karne ki zaroorat hai.
1st Elevation - 1300m
2nd Elevation - (Neeche 50) 1250m
3rd Elevation - (Neeche 50) 1200m

Sankshep

25. MMG fire ka pura advantage uthane ke liye targets ko pehchanna aur thik
prakar se engage karna zaruri hai. Thik technique istemal karne se ham target to
barbad kar sakte hain, sath hi sath amn aur samay ki bhi bachat kar sakte hain. Yeh
hamesha zaruri nahin ki larai ke maidan mein ek hi prakar ke target mile. Agar target
bara hai to use chote bhagon mein bant kar barbad kiya ja sakta hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
168

FIRE CONTROL - 7

HARKATI TARGET

Parichay

1. Movement karne wale target ka matlab hai woh target jo engage karne ke
samay apni jagah par sthir na ho, jaise harkat karti hui gari.
2. Samay ke abhav ke karan Fire orders chotta aur saral hona chahiye. Jahan
tak ho sake Sec cdr fire pe cont rakhega magar rg nazdeek hone par ya target
chupaav hasil karne wala ho to Gun Nos bhi apne aap engage kar sakta hai.

Uddesh

2. Harkat karne wale target ko marna sikhlana.

Harkati target Engage Karne Ka Tarika.

3. Harkati target ko barbaad karne ke liye nishaana tgt se aage harkat ki disha
me liya jata hai. Harkati target ko barbaad karne ke theen tariqe hain:-
(a) Trapping. Is tariqe mein zameen par aise ek ilaqe par gun ko lay
kiya jata hai jahan se target ke guzarne ka andesha ho. Phir, target ki gati aur
range ka andaaza lagakar fire karne ka aadesh diya jata hai taki burst target par
gire. Target ke harkat ki disha ke hisaab se nimnlikhit tariqe se trapping kiya
jata hai.
(i) Head On/ Off Target. Agar target gun ki taraf bad raha hai
to nishaana andaaze se tgt ke thoda neeche liya jae. Agar gun se door
ja raha hai to andaaze se tgt ke thoda uppar liya jae.
(ii) Aada ya Tircha chalne wale Target.
(aa) Aise target ko lead lagakar barbaad kiya jata hai. Lead
wo doori hai jo bullet ke udan ke samay par target safar kar
sakta hai. Range ya target ki gati badne se lead badta hai. Lead
pata karne ke do tariqe hain:-
(aaa) Lead Table Se. Lead table uplabd hone par,
target ki gati aur range ka anumaan lagakar Clicks mein
lead maaloom kiya ja sakta hai. Harkati target engage
karte waqt accurate calculation karke time barbaad nahi
karni chahiye, range aur gati ka zyaada andaaza lagakar
table mein nazdeek aur uchchatar lead ko le lena
chahiye.
(aab) Lead table na hone par. Lead table na hone par,
tgt ki harkat ko dekhkar ek second me tay ki gai doori ka
anumaan lagao. Is doori ko, neeche di gai table mein,
target range ke saamne wale value se guna karne se
target ka lead mil jaega.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
169

TargetRange Lead ke liye gunan

600m tak x1
1000m tak x2
1200m tak x3
1500m tak x4
1800m tak x5

(ab) Target ko barbaad karne ke liye gun ko pehle ek shist ke

nishaan par lay kare phir harkat ke disha mein pata kiya gaya lead
lagael. Jaise hi target chunne hue shist ke nishaan par pauhnchjae,
ek lamba burst fire kiya jata hai. Agar target ki harkat tirchi hai to
sirf Lead Table se mile hue lead ko adha kiya jata hai. Hawa ka
correction pata hai to isse bhi lagaya jae. Warna inka bhi zyada
andaaza lagakar fire kare. Inhe calculate karke samay ki barbaadi
na kare.
(ac) Harkati target ko barbaad karte waqt agar lead aur hawa
ka sahi value pata nahi ho to hamesha zyaada andaaza lagana
chahiye taaki agar burst target par na gire to kam se kam uske
aage gir jae, jisse tgt humaare lambe burst ke andhar gus jaega.

Uddharan: Gaadi ki raftar 23kmph, rg 1350m, harkat ki disha 9 se 3 baje.

Ans: Lead table ki madad se.
Speed ke liye nazdeek aur uchhatar value = 25 kmph
Rg ke liye nazdeek aur uchhatar value = 1400m
25kmph aur 1400m par lead = 9 Clicks

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
170

Bina Lead table. Range =1350m, Lead = 1 sec mein tay ki gai doori x 4

(b) Tracking Ka Tariqa. Yeh tariqa tab istemaal kiya jata hai jab target ko
barbaad karne ke liye ek se adhik burst ki zaroorat hai ya trapping karte waqt
tgt pe maar na gire. Gun ko lead ke hisaab se tgt ka saamne lay karke fire kiya
jata hai aur lead ko barkarar rakte hue tgt ki gati ke hisaab se gun ko traverse
karke phir fire kiya jata hai. Yeh tariqa apnane ke liye Nos ko achhe abhyaas ki
zaroorat hogi.
(c) Swinging Traverse. Yeh tariqa ka istemaal tab kartein hain jab nazdeek
range mein harkati tgt ho ya asie traverse target ko engage karne ke liye jo
pehle hi burst mein aad pakarle ya jab baki sabhee tariqe dheeme saabit ho. Is
tariqe mein gun ke free traverse se tgt barbaad kiya jata hai.

Sankshep

10. Sawal jawab se.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
171

FIRE CONTROL - 8

FLANKING FIRE AUR FIXED LINE

Parichay

1. MMG inf batallion ka khas aur zaruri hathyar hai, jo ke hamle ke dauran apni
sena ko nazdik aur der tak imdadi fire de sakta hai, jab ke Artillery aur Mor ka fire
bhi uth jata hai. Defence mein MMG apne defence ke aage fire ka parda bana sakta
hai.

Uddesh

2. Flanking Fire aur Fixed line ka tariqa sikhlana.

Bhag

3. Achhi tarah samajhne ke lie is lesson ko do bhagon men banta gaya hai :-
(a) Bhag - I Flanking Fire.
(b) Bhag - II Fixed Line.

Bhag - I : Flanking Fire

4. Flanking fire mein MMG se apni advance karti hui sena ko us samay tak flank
se supporting fire deta hai jab tak apni sena surakshit rahen.

Rules.

5. Pehala Rule. Fire support dene wale sec ko apne adv karti hui sena ka
position pakka pata hona chahiye. Position pata karne ke liye neeche diye gae
tariqon ka istemal kiya jae:-
(a) Nazari Milap. Agar Apni sena ki harkat gun posn se dikhai nahi
de raha hai to aisa koi unchai wala posn iktihaar krien jahan se dikhai de ya
kisi OP ke saath milap mein rahe . Raat ke samay NVD ka bhi istemal kiya ja
sakta hai.
(b) Radio/ Sig. Fire controller, assault sena ke cdr ke saath radio se
milap mein rehakar assault sena ke cdr ki zaroorat ke hisaab se fire control
kar sakta hai. Kisi nirdharit signal ke hisaab se bhi fire ko start ya stop kiya ja
sakta hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
172

(c) Time Plan. Tps ke advance ki raftar ke hisaab se nikale gaye time
plan se bhi fire control kiya ja sakta hai.

6. Dusra Rule. Flanking fire dete samay bachao ki had 60 mils hai. Ismen niche
wali baten shamil hain :-
(a) Shist lene mein mamuli galti - 4 mils.
(b) Tripod ki thartharahat jab hathiyaar achi tarah beded-in nahi ho -45
mils.
(c) Beaton zone ki ½ chaurai - 1 mils.
(d) Dahine bayen ki hawa ka haq - 10 mils. (1200m par 20 MPH ki
hawa ka haq)
Total 60 mils

7. Teesra Rule : Method of FireMarne ki vidhi buniyadi angle mein shamil ho.
Is ka matlab yeh hai ke target ke bahar jitne click fire karna ho utne click 60 mils men
jore jaen. Point target ke lie 64 mils aur chaurai wale target ke lie 62 mils ke bachao
ki had rakhi jaegi.

8. Chautha Rule : HawaKa Haq Hawa ka haq bahut khyal se rakha jae.
Target ko marne ke liye yadi hawa ka haq de kar lay kiya gaya hai to advance karti
apni sena ki oar se chalne wali hawa ka haq buniyadi angle mein shamil kiya jae
(agar hawa ka haq 10 mils se ziada hai). Opposite se ani wali hawa ke liye buniyadi
angle mein shamil na kiya jae sirf gunon par hawa ka haq lagaya jae.

9. Panchwa Qaida Bachao ki had kisi khas vidhi se naapa jae nakih hath se.
Jaise sight unit 102 A/B se.

10. Orders Gun target par lay karne ke bad fire controller gun No‟s ko order
is prakar deta hai :-
Sab 1400 - trench – pt target gun lay (on) baen bachao ki had, target baen 9
baje 4 degree – jharion ki line. Range taker ________ dekhbhal karo.
Apna pahala jawan safety distance par pahunchte hi mujhe batao.
Hawa bayen 3 click.
Dahine bayen 2 click Fire - Ruk.
Sab Niche – 50 (on).
Go on – Ruk.
Sab upar – 100 (on) go on (Advance karti sena ke bachao ki had mein ane
par).
Ruk – Khali kar clear gun.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
173

 Safety Distance par Fire Base – FUP ke beech ke kon ka asar

 Safety Dist, target se wah doori hai jiske baad apne fire se apni sena ko koi khatra nahi hoga.
 Jab Fire base- FUP ke beech ka kon 90 deg hota hai tab safety dist kam se kam hota hai isliye hum
apni sena ko tgt se nazdeek pauhnchne tak fire support de saktein hain.
 Fire base- FUP ke beech ka aur koi kon hone par safety distance neeche diye gae formula se pata
kiya ja sakta hai

Jahan,
  Firebase – FUP ke beech ka kon.
SD  Safety Dist, jab kon degree ho
Rg = target se firebase ka range
SD = Safety distance agar kon 90 degree hota to (safety angle ka subtension)

 Sin Cos 
30 0.5 0.9
45 0.7 0.7
60 0.9 0.5
90 1 0
120 0.9 -0.5
135 0.7 -0.7

Bhag - II : Fixed Line

Paribashaein

11. Task.

(a) Yeh MMG ke zimmewari ki illaqe mein chunne gae wo zamini nishaan
hai jinhe pehle se darj kiya jata hai. Kharab mausam ya raat ke samay inke
madad se aas-pass wale dushman par kargar fie girya ja sakta hai.

(b) Achha hoga ki poore zimmewari ke illaqe mein kai task hone chahiye,
magar yeh karna mushkil hai. Isliye, jahan se dushman ke aane ka andaaza
ho un illaqon mein task chunna jae.

(c) Fire controller raat ke samay NVD se dushman ki harkat par nazar
rakhta hai aur dushman ke position se nazdeek wale task ki doori pata karta
hai. Phir, fire contoller Nos ko is task par lay karne ka aadesh deta hai aur
nape hue doori ke hisaab se munasib correction dekar kargar fire girwata hai.

12. Fixed Line

(a) Fixed line, who task hai jispe zarrorat padne par jaldi se apne defence
ke nazdeek fire giraya ja sake taki apne defence par bhari tadad mein aane
wali dushman ke assault ko rokh ya dheema kar sake.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
174

(b) Jab gun aur kisi task par fire nahi kar raha ho to humesha fixed line
mein rakh jata hai taki jab SOS (khatra) ka ishara mile to gun ko fixed line par
lay karne mein time ki barbadi na ho.

(c) Tactical aur zameeni halat ko dhyan mein rakhte hue fixed line do
prakar ke hote hain:-

(i) Grazing Fixed Line. Gun ko is tarah lay kiya jata hai ki
grazing fire ka faida uthate hue apne def ke saamne ya dushman ke
likely approach par fire ka parda banaya jae.

(ii) Beaten Zone Fixed Line. Zameeni halat ke karan ho sakta hai
ki defence ke saamne plunging fire ho ya bohat saare dead ground mile
jiske karan kargar grazing fire effect hasil nahi hoga. Aise halaton mein
gun ke lambe rg aur beaten zone ka fayida uthaya jae taki dushman ke
likely apch par fire giraya ja sake.

Fixed Line Par lagate Samay Dhyan Mein Rakhne Wali Batein.

13. Grazing Fixed Line.

(a) Grazing Fire. Fixed line ke liye chunna gaya shist ka nishaan
600- 700m ke range par ho aur shist nishaan ke neeche liya jae taki
maximum grazing fire mile. Agar zameen 600-700m tak samtal na ho aur
isse toda pehle hi uppar ya neeche mud raha hai to 600-700m ka sight range
lagakar shist ka nishaan is mod par chunne taki maximum grazing fire mile

(b) Enfilade Fire. Apne defence ki aur aane wale dushman par enfilade
fire giraya jae. Iske liye Gun ko def ke flank mein rakha jana chahiye.

(c) Dead Grnd Ko Cover Kiya Jae. Yadi fire ke screen ke niche dead
ground ho to yeh yakin kare ki dushman dead ground se na guzar sake, isko
batallion ke dusre hathiyaron se cover kar lena chahiye. Fire ke line ke saath
saath wire obst bhi lagaya ja sakta hai.
Dead Ground Pata Karna.

 Dead ground pata karne ka ek sujhavi tarika yeh hai ki, pehle SU 102 A/B ke cross hair ko fixed line ke shist ke
nishaan ke neeche milao phir No1 SU 102A/B se dekhta hai aur No2 gun se Fixed line ke nishaan tak ek hi line mein kadam
naapke chalta hai (100m mein 120 kadam).

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
175

 Jab No2 ka ghutna SU102A/B ke horizontal line se neeche ho jata hai tab No1 “MARK" pukarta hai aur No2 total
kadam ko note karta hai. Jab ghutna horizontalline ke upar aa jae to No1 “END” pukarta hai aur No2 phirse total kadam
ko note karta hai. Yahi karwai poore fixed line ki doori tak hoti hai. Har MARK aur END ke beech ki doori ko dead grnd
mana jae . Shist ke nishaan se 50 m nazdeek tak ke ilaqe mein koi dead grnd na mana jae kyonki yeh ilaqa Beaten zone se
cover ho jata hai.
 Dead ground ko dotted line se mark karein aur fixed line ki compass bearing bhi rg card mein note kiya jae

 Iska ek copy Coy cdr ko diya jae taki ve apne coy ke saare MMG ke fixed line ko adjust kar sake aur dead grnd ko
baki hathiyaar ya obstacle se cover kar sake.

(d) Gun ki harkat. Gun ko Dahine/Baeyn ka click na diya jae, magar

elevation mein halka uppar/neeche ki harkat diya jae taki trajectory ki
anishchitta barkar rahe aur dead grnd bhi cover ho jae.

(e) Interlocking. Defence ke dono flanks mein rakhe hue guns ke fixed line
ko is prakar chunne ki unka fire interlocking ho jisse poora frontage cover ho
jae.

(f) Belt of Fire ke Apne Defence se Doori. Zyaada se zyaada frontage

cover karne ke liye Grazing fixed line ka fire apne defences ke nazdeek hona
chahiye, magar, nimnlikhit pehluon par dhyan dena zaroori hai.

(i) Apne troops

(ii) Fixed line par aane wale dead gound ko cover karne istemal
kiye gae hathiyaar (AGS 30, 51mm Mor, 81mm Mor, MGL …) ya mine
ka safety distance.

(iii) Belt of fire zyaada nazdeek hone par dushman mauka milte hi
apne def ke upar asaani se chad sakta hai.

(iv) Defence ke aagae lage obstacles ko fire se cover karne ki

zaroorat

(v) SOS pe fire hone wale baki hathiyaron se MMG ke fixed line
coordinate karne ki zaroorat.

(g) Defiaded Position. Ho sake to gun saamne se defiladed ho.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
176

Gun Defiladed Position Mein

Gun Fixed Line Mein Coordinate Kiya Hua

14. Beaten Zone Fixed Line.

(a) Location. Beaten Zone Fixed line ke liye aisa location chunno jahan
se dushman ko apne defence tak pauhnchne guzarna hi hoga ya kisi aise
ilaqe pe jahan dushman ke ikatha hone ka andesha ho jaise ki Bridge, defile,
Spur ityadi. Yeh zyadatar Primary arc ke beech mein hota hai.

(b) MoF. Bridges, Defiles jaise ilaqon ke poore churai ko cover karne click
lagane ki zaroorat hoti hai. Inpe point ya traverse target ke vidhi se fire giraya
jae.

15. Ek gun ko ek se adhik fixed line nahi diya ja sakta. Agar zimmedari ke ilaqe
mein ek se adhik approach hain aur kisi bhi approach mein agar ek se adhik aise
uchhit ilaqe hain jahan par grazing ya beaten zone fixed line lagaya ja sakta hai to
most likely approach (jahan se dushman ke aane ka sabse zyada sambhavna ho)
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
177

par nazdeek wale ilaqe ko fixed line chunna jaega baki saare ilaqon ko task ke taur
par darj kiya jaega.

16. Ho sake to ek hi fixed line par do gun ko lagaya jae taki bina rukhe fixed line
par fire gire. Zyadatar kisi bhi coy mein extra MMG milne ki sambhavan nahi hai,
isliye LMG ko MMG ke saath lagaya ja sakta hai.

17. Hawa ke hakh ko dhyan mein rakhte hue fixed line par fire karte samay
munasib correction diya jae.

Tarika

18. Safety Limit. Fixed line chunne se pehle gun ke safety limit ko set karna
chahiye taki galti se bhi apne troops ke upar fire na gire. Safety limit set karne ka
tarika :-

(a) SU 102A/B ko chadao aur darshak bahar karo

(b) FDL ke sabse aage wale position ke disha ki partal karein.

(c) Disha mein 3o30‟ ka switch lagao taki gun relay karte waqt brl FDL se
door ho.

(d) Barrel ke Dahine/ bayen picquet gadho taki brl galti se bhi FDL ki taraf
na mud jae.

19. Fixed Line Register Karna.

(a) Grazing Fixed Line.

(i) 600-700m ka range lagakar chune hue shist ke nishaan ke

neeche lay karo.

(ii) Reading darj karo.

(iii) Fixed line pe dead ground pata karo.

(b) Beaten Zone Fixed Line.

(i) Chunne hue ilage ke center pe gun ko lay karo.

(ii) Reading darj karo.

(iii) Ilaqe ko cover karne keliye MoF bhi note karo.

20. Zimmedari ke ilaqe mein chunne hue taskon ko register karo.

21. Fixed Line par Fire Kholna.

(a) Gun ko Fixed line par lay karke bhar karo. Gun cock nahi kiya jaega

(b) SOS ka ishara mukarar karo.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
178

(c) SOS ke ishare pe tez fire hoga.

Sankshep

22. MMG hi ek aisa hathyar hai jo ki hamle ke dauran apni sena ko sabse nazdik
supporting fire de sakti hai. Defence mein bhi apni sena ke morchon ke sabse
nazdik fire kar sakti hain. Is liye zaruri hai ke flanking fire aur fixed line ka tariqa
samjha jae aur use kiya jae.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
179

FIRE CONTROL - 9

RANGE CARD

1. Gun position iktihar karne ke turant baad det cdr dwara range card banaya
jata hai. Zimmedari ki ilaqe ki saari jankari rg card se mil jata hai aur isme taskon ko
register bhi kiya jata hai.

2. Paribasha.

(a) Arc of Fire. Yeh zimmedari ke ilaqe ke andar wah jagah hai jahan par
target dikhne par unhe barbaad kiya jaega. Arc ka dahina aur bayean had
diya jata hai. Arc of fire do bhagon mein banta gaya hai:-

(i) Primary Arc of Fire. Is ilaqe ke andar aane wale target ko

pehle engage kiya jata hai.

(ii) Secondary Arc of Fire. Agar Primary arc ke andar koi target
engage nahi kiya ja raha hai to gun secondary arc ke targets ko engage
karta hai.

(b) Aam Rukh. Yeh wah rekha hai jo zimmewari ke illaqe ko lagbhag do
barabar hisson mein bant ta hai. Range card ko iski madad se set kiya jata
hai.

(c) No Fire Zone. Yeh Arc of fire ke andar wah ilaqa hai jahan par
apne forward zone ke tps tehnat hai aur inme fire nahi kiya jaega.

3. Range Card Banane ke Faide.

(a) Range card se pure jimmewari ke ilake ke bare mein detail se jankari
mil jati hai
(b) Taskon ke ass-paas ke nishanon ka sahi range mil jata hai.
(c) Taskon ke paas wale target par kharab mausam ya raat me sahi aur
kargar fire dala ja sakta hai.
(d) Det ki badli hone par ya nayi unit ke take over karte samay bhi yeh kafi
madad deta hai.
(e) Agar kisi karan se handing aur taking over thik na ho sake tab bhi
range card ki madad se naye det ko apne ilake aur task ke bare mein puri
jankari mil sakti hai.
(f) Kisi Cdr/VIP ko breif karte samay range card madad deta hai.
(g) Range Card me note kiya hua fixed line ki data ki madad se higher cdr
apne illaqe ke saare hathiyaron ke SOS fire coordinate kar sakta hai.

4. Range Card Banate Samay Dhyan Mein Rakhne Wali Batein.

(a) Sabse Pahle Range Card Ka Khaka Banao aur saare range mark karo.

(b) Post No ya post ka 8 figure GR likho.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
180

(c) Samne aur dur ek mashur nishan chuno jo ki aam rukh hoga, is nishan
ko range card mein mote kale rang se darj karo. Aam rukh ka MB bhi darj
karo.

(d) Primary aur Secondary arc Ki Baen Had Aur Dahni Had Chuno Aur
Isko Range Card Mein Shamil Karo. Hadon ka MB bhi darj karo.

(e) Taskon ke nishaan sahi range par mark karo. Task No, naam, Range,
MB aur Disha/ Unchai, table me darj karo. Agar task pe grazing fire karna ho
ya task ke ilaqe ko cover karne Click lagana ho to isi aakhri column me darj
karo.

(f) Fixed line ka nishaan mark karo. Grazing fixed line ko mote lal rang se
banao aur fixed line me aane wale dead ground ko dotted line se darshao.
Agar Beaten Zone Fixed line hai to isse lal arrow se darshao.

(g) Fixed line ke nishaan ka naam, range, MB, Disha/ Unchai ko table me
darj karo. Grazing fixed line ke liye aakhri column me „Grazing‟ likho aur agar
Beaten Z fixed line hai to aakhri column me MOF darj karo.

(h) No Fire Z ko mark aur iske Baeyn aur Dahine had ki disha darj karo.

(j) Rg Card banane wale ka Detail, Range measure karne ka tariqa aur
date darj karo

RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
181

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
182

FIRE CONTROL - 10

GUNON KO SAMANANTAR KARNA AUR RAAT KE FIRE KA DRILL

Bhumika

1. Jaise ki apko malum hi hai kih aaj-kal ki nayi WE ke anusar MMG section ko
Rifle company ke sath mila diya gaya hai. Lekin purani WE ke anusar bhi larai ke
halat mein MMG section ko rifle company ke sath hi bant diya jata tha. Is liye saaf
jahir hai kih abhi bhi larai ke halat mein MMG ke kaam mein koi khas antar to nahin
aya hai. Antar kewal itna hai kih iske MMG PL HQ ko tor diya gaya hai. Larai ke
samay aise mauqe bhi aa sakta hai ki batallion ke tamam MMG ko ek jagah lagakar
kisi objective par qabja karne ke liye hamari hamlawar sena ko madad ka fire de
saken yeh bhi ho sakte hai kih jin batallion ke paas HMG hai Batallion Commander
apni plaining ke anusar HMG aur MMG ko ikattha karke ek hi jagah par laga kar fire
support de saken.
2. Yeh donon halaton mein yeh zaruri hai kih fire par control karne ke liye
Batallion Commander Fire base Commander aur fire base 2IC ko detail kare. Is liye
is lecture ke dauran apko us halat mein fire controller banta jayega kih ho sakta hai
kih ane wale samay mein shayad apko bhi fire base commander ya fire base 2IC ke
nate is karwai ko karna pare. Is liye is location mein jo bhi karwai sikhlai jayegi use
aap achhi tarah samjhe.

Aim

3. Gunon ko parallel karna aur raat ke fire ki drill sikhlana.

Introduction

4. Parallel ka matlab hai ki gunon ko is prakar se tartib dena ki kitni bhi disha
dekar, kisi bhi range par fire kiya jai to ek gun se dusre gun ke fire ke line ke bich ka
antar ek hi jaisa rahe, fire men ek gun se dusre gun ke bich ka antar 10m rakha jata
hai is liye MMG ke do section fire kare to gun frontage 30 m ka aur 8 gunon ek hi
jagah par laga kar fire karen to gun frontage 70 m ka hoga.
5.Sahiban din ke fire ke alawa machine gun ko raat ke samay bhi kai target ko
barbad karna parta hai. Is liye zaruri hai ki machine gun ke bich kaam karne wala
numainde aur gun Numbers ko parallel karne ki karwai aur raat ke fire ki drill achhi
tarah jante ho, takih larai ke dauran kamyabi hasil kar saken. Is lecture/
demonstration ke liye chand ek appointment :-
(a) Fire base Commander - 01 (Capt)
(b) Fire base 2IC - 01 (JCO) Sub
(c) Section Commander - 04 (JCO) Nb Sub/Sub
(d) Det Commander - 08 (NCO) Hav

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
183

(e) Gun Numbers - 16

(f) Range taker - (Agar uplabdh ho)
(g) Runner - 01

Am Halat

6. Sahiban aaj sabko forward assembly area area men Batallion Commander
sahib ne attack ki jabani hukam de diya hai kih Batallion ki tamam MMG ilaqa CLP
se attacking tps ko madad ka fire dega. Fire controller ki zimmewari fire base
Commander aur fire base 2IC ki hogi. H hr 2100 baje aur in action report 2030 baje.
attacking tps diye hue samay par apna saman, hathiyar aur amn lekar garion dawara
gun posn ki taraf move kar diye hain. Gun posn se 500 Meter ya 600 Meter ki duri
par garion ko rok leta hai takih dushman hamari harkat ko na dekh saken. Yeh baat
ilaqe par munasir hai. Ilaqe mein pahunchne par fire base commander 2IC ko adesh
deta hai.

Fire base Commander ki karwai

7. Fire base commander ilaqe men pahunchkar ilaqe ki recce karta hai. Sabse
pahle zero line ke liye nishan chunta hai aur uska compass bearing leta hai. Pivot
gun posn aur control post ki jagah chunkar runner dwara gun khuti aur peg lagwata
hai. Saheban yadi Batallion Commander/Company Commander ne range taker ko
bhi detail kiya ho to range taker ko bhi targeton ka range lene ka adesh fire base
Commander de deta hai. Yadi detail na ho to det Commander hi is kaam men madad
de sakta hai. Ilaqe men target ka range lene ka adesh do :-
(a) Pivot gun posn.
(b) Control post.
(c) No 1 target.
(d) No 2 target.

Vidhi Compass Dwara Gun line Banana aur Parallel Karna

Gun Line Banana

8. Lecture/Demonstration Commander bayan karte jaen aur demo fire controller

karwai karen:-
(a) Pivot gun posn aur control post ke liye jagah mukarrar karo aur gun
khuti garo.
(b) Pivot gun posn se „Zero‟ line ka MB lo.
(c) Jo bearing aata hai usmen se 90 deg kam karo.
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
184

(d) Kam karne ke bad jo bearing aata hai compass ko us samay tak
ghumao jab tak compass ki sui us bearing par na aa jae.
(e) Hair line ke sidh mein 10-10 meter/12-12 kadam ke fasle par runner
dwara gun khuti lagao jis se gun line taiyar ho jayegi.
(f) Agar ground samtal nahi hai to karwai is prakar hogi. Faraq itna
hoga kih gun khuti ka fasla 10-10 meter ki bajae kam ziyada bhi ho sakta hai.

Parallel Karna

9. Lecture/Demonstration Commander kewal bayan kare demo fire controller

karwai karo. Gunon ko samanantar karne ke liye karwai is prakar karen. Har ek gun
khuti par ja kar jo MB hai uski sidh men khuti se 10 kadam aage jakar darshak laga
do.
Note :-(a) Yadi „Zero‟ line ka MB 90 Deg se kam aye to use
360 degree men jor do aur phir 90 deg minus karo jaise ki :-
Zero line ka MB 70 degree hai.
360o + 70o = 430o – 90o = 340o.
(b) Dusra tariqa yadi zero line ka MB 90o se kam aye to usmen 270o jor
do jaise ki :-
Zero line ka MB 700 hai.
270o +70o =340o.

Vidhi Sight Unit 102 A/B Dawra Gun line Banana aur Parallel Karna

Gun line Banana

10. Lecture/Demonstration Commander kewal bayan kare demo fire controller

karwai kare :

(a) Pivot gun posn aur control post ke liye jagah mukarrar karo.
(b) Pivot gun ke liye gun peg aur khuti garo.
(c) Control post ke liye gun peg aur khuti garo.
(d) Gun ko pivot gun khuti par mount karo aur sight unit 102A/B ko charao.
(e) Tamam pointer ko zero karo aur telescope ki khari line ko zero line par
lay karo.
Note :- Gun ko cradle locking lever ki madad se lay karen aur mamuli durusti gun
ke elevation aur deflection drum ki madad se karen.
(f) Sight unit 102 A/B laga ho to disha 90 deg do (Arthat telesope sight ko
pura bayen turn karo).
(g) Ab telescope ke khari line ke sidh men fita bichao aur pivot gun khuti se
10-10 meter/ 12-12 kadam ke fasle par gun peg aur khuti lagao.
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
185

(h) Yadi tuti futi bhumi hai to bhi karwai isi prakar hogi, faraq itna hai ki gun
khuti ka fasla 12-12 kadam/ 10-10 meter se kam ya ziyada bhi ho sakta hai.

Parallel Karna

11. Lecture/Demonstration Commander kewal bayan kare fire controller karwai

kare
(a) Sight 102 A/B ke all pointer zero karo.
(b) Sight ke telescope ki khari line ko „zero‟ line par lay karo.
(c) Telescope ko niche ke harkat do aur khari line ke sidh men 10 kadam
age darshak lagao.
(d) Teenon legs ko mark karo.
(e) Phir gun ko dusri gun khuti par mount karo yakin karo ki sight ke all
pointer „zero‟ par hai. Phir gun ke madad se telescope ke khari line ko pivot
gun khuti par lay karo.
(f) Ab telescope ko disha dahine 90º (Arthat telescope ko 90º turn karo).
(g) Ab telescope ke khari line ki sidh men 10 kadam age darshak lagao.
(h) Yeh karwai har gun khuti par ja kar karo. Lekin dhyan rahe gun ko
uthane se pahle teenon legs ko mark karo.
(j) Agar gun line sidha na ho yani gun khuti gun line se age pichhe ho to
karwai is prakar kare.
(i) Jo bhi gun khuti gun line se aage ya pichhe ho to us gun khuti ka
switch (disha) note kar lo.
(ii) Bari bari gun ko har gun khuti par mount karo. Sight ke all
pointer ko zero par karo aur pivot gun khuti par gun ki madad se sight
ke khari line ko lay karo.
(iii) Jis khuti ka jitna switch note kiya tha utna 180º deg mein se
minus karo. Minus karne ke bad jo reading aye use disha do.
(iv) Telescope ke khari line ke sidh men 10 kadam ke fasle par
darshak lagao.

Data Hasil Karna

12. Fire base commander pivot gun posn se sabhi targeton ka nazar ka kon,
disha ka kon aur target ki churai napta hai aur apni note book men note kar leta hai.
„zero‟ line ka MB bhi note karta hai, uske bad “RV” niyukt karta hai, RV tak fita
bichata hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
186

Fire Base Commander ka Runner dwara 2IC ke lie Adesh

13. (Lecture/Demonstration Commander pahle bayan kare, bad men karwai ke lie
adesh den). Runner tum pichhe 2IC sahab ke pass jao aur 2IC sahab ko bolo ki
charon section commander mujhe CLP ke pichhe bara ped ke ilaqe men 1800 baje
milenge. Taiyari ka sthan wahin, Amn per gun 4 belt box, garian saman utarne ke
bad usi jagah dabi hui zamin men chupai jaegi. Baki detachment RV men
pahunchne ka samay 1900 baje. Raat ke fire ke liye taiyari karo. Koi shak? Jao.
Section commander ke RV mein pahunchne tak fire base commander fire control
chart taiyar karta hai aur section commander ane ka pratiksha karta hai.

Runner dawara 2IC ko Adesh pass Karna

14. Runner fire base commander ke diye hue adeshon ko ilaqe men jakar 2IC ko
pass karta hai. Dhyan rahe runner yeh adesh hukum ke taur par nahi dega who
kewal adesh pass karega.

Fire Base 2IC ki karwai

15. Fire base 2IC ke adesh pass karne ke bad charon section commander apna
apna saman lekar aate hain aur aawaz karne wala saman ko bandh lete hain. Aur
fire base commander ke pass RV men chale jate hain. Iske bad senior det
commander saman ka partal karta hai ki tamam saman gari se utar gaya hai. Fire
base 2IC detachment aur „F‟ Group ko samay par RV men pahuchane ki zimmewari
rakhta hain.

Section Commander ka RV men Pahunchne par karwai

(a) Fire base commander sabse pahle section commander ko fire control
chart deta hai.
(b) Adesh sunata hain.
(c) Fire kholne ki hidayaten deta hain.
(d) Ghari milata hain.
Is ke bad section commander us ilaqe men chale jate hain jahan se unko
madad ka fire dena hai. Fire base commander mausam ke lihaz se fire
control chart men tabdili karta hai.

Fire Base 2IC ki karwai

16. Fire base 2IC detachment („F‟ Group) ko diye hue samay par le jate hain aur
detachment ki pahunchne ki report fire base commander ko deta hai. Fire base
commander, 2IC ko aage ki khabar ke bare men tafsil men samjhata hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
187

Section ke ane par Section Commander ki karwai

17. Det commander ko fire control chart ke bare men samjhata hai. Det
commander aur gun numbers ko gunnon ko mount karne ka adesh deta hai.

Adesh

(a) Raat ke fire ke liye taiyari karo Gun numbers sikhe hue tariqe se
gunnon ko mount karte hain, sight unit charate hain.
(b) Darshak lamp bahar ke adesh par numbers lamp ko lagate hain. Isi
dauran baki numbers gunnon ka amn late hain aur all round defence ke lihaz
se posn lete hain. Iske bad section commander fire base commander ko “In
Action” ki report deta hai. Agar samay ho to section commander section ko
hukam sunata hai.

„H‟ Hour ya Ishara milne par karwai.

Section Commander / Det Commander H hour ya ishara milte hi is vidhi se
karwai karta hai :-
(i) Disha - Mils.
(ii) Unchai - Mils.
(iii) Dahine/Baen - Click Lay.
(iv) Fir ki raftar -
(v) Fire ka adesh -
Is dauran fire base commander nigrani rakhta hai kih charon section mere
ishare ya code word ke anusar thik kam kar rahi hai ya nahin. Fire base 2IC
ko bhi kisi ek det par banta ja sakta hai lekin behtar yeh hoga kih unko Adm
ki karwai di jae.

Fire Samapt

18. Fire samapt ke adesh par Numbers sikhe hue tariqe se kaam karte hain aur
section commander saman check karne ke bad fire base commander ko „OK‟ ka
report deta hai. Iske baad garion dwara diye gaye RV par chale jate hain.

Sankshep

19. Gunnon ke fire ka pura faida uthane ke liye zaruri hai kih gun line durust taiyar
ki jae sath hi parallel ki karwai bhi thik ki jae sath hi aap mere sath sehmat honge kih
din ke fire ki tarah raat ke waqt command control ki kafi zarurat hogi is lie zaruri hai
kih har darje par commander/jawan is puri karwai ko janta ho takih, medium machine
gun ka pura faida uthaya ja sake.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
188

FIRE CONTROL - 11

FIRE CONTROL CHART

Introduction

1. Abhi tak aap ne jo bhi trg hasil ki hai usse aap din ke samay MMG ko direct
fire karke target ko asani se barbad kar sakte hain. Parantu larai mein aur kharab
mausam mein direct fire nahin kar sakte aur indirect fire karne ke lie un targeton ka
data hona zaruri hai. Yeh data din mein nikal kar Fire control Chart banaya jata hai,
jiski madad se raat ko gunon mein data laga kar target barbad kiya jata hai.

Aim

2. Fire Control Chart banane ka tariqa sikhlana.

Preview

3. Yeh lecture teen bhagon mein banta gaya hai :-

(a) Part - I Fire base Commander ki prarambhik karwai.
(b) Part - II Attack ka Fire control Chart banana.
(c) Part - III Defence mein Fire control Chart banana.

Bhag - I : Fire base Commander ki Starting karwai

4. Waise to pratek company mein alag alag MMG alag alag task pura karti hain
lekin batallion ke hamle mein tamam gunon ka obj par ikattha fire karaya jata hai.
Pahale jab MMG PL hota tha, tab pl commander is kaam ko achhi tarah se nibhata
tha. Parantu jab se MMG ka coys mein baant kiya gaya hai batallion mein iska koi
bhi numainda auth nahin hai. Isliye hamle men tamam MMG ke fire ko control karne
ke liye fire base commander Command Fire control dwara detail kiya jata hai aur
batallion „O‟ group ka hissa hota hai. Woh CO sahib ke orders ko sunta hai aur
unmein se apne lie zaruri baten note karta hai.

5. CO se khabar hasil karnaWoh baten jo CO sahib se malum hoti hain aur

MMG se talukat rakhti hain, woh is prakar se hain :-
(a) Objective aur uska failao.
(b) Attack ki disha.
(c) FUP/SL ki jagah.
(d) H Hr.
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
189

(e) Gun posn ka location.

(f) Rate of advance.
(g) Hamle ke phases.
(h) MMGs ki tadad.
(j) Fire shuru karne ka samay.
(k) Rate of fire.

6. Recce aur Taiyari CO sahib ke orders ke bad fire base commander diye hue
ilaqe mein recce karke fire base ki jagah chunta hai. Wahan woh sikhe hue tariqe se
pivot gun posn ka chunao karta hai aur gun line banata hai. Gun line banane ke bad
woh data nikalta hai jo ki is prakar hai :-
(a) Targeton ka range (LRF se).
(b) Targeton ka angle of sight.
(c) Target ki chaurai (sight se).
(d) SL se obj ki duri.
(e) Angle of switch.
(f) Gunon ke bich ka fasla.
(g) Zero line.

7. Is ke bad woh apni asani ke lie ek diagram banakar tamam details ko note
karta hai.
SL 41 mils
1000 m
Sena

100 mils
8 10 7
Fire ki raftar - Range -1300 meter.
RAPID AS - + 5 mils
Sena ki raftar - 2 ZL ka MB - 215°
min Mein 100 H Hour - 2200 H
meter Fire 'H' Se khola jaega

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
190

8. Fire Control Chart ka Khaka Is ke bad fire base commander fire control
Chart ka khaka taiyar karta hai. Is mein yeh khane hote hain :-
(a) Chaurai mein.
(i) Section No.
(ii) Gun No.
(iii) Tarikh.
(iv) Fire base commander ke hastakshar.
(b) Khare Rukh Mein.
(i)Task No.
(ii)Samay Ghari se.
(iii)Samay H hr se.
(iv)Unchai.
(v)Disha.
(vi)Liften.
(vii)Fire ki vidhi.
(viii)Fire ki raftar.
(ix) Amn ki zarurat.

BHAG - II : Attack Ka Fire Control Chart Banana

9. Task Kisi bhi gun ko ek ya ek se ziada task diye ja sakte hain aur pratek task
ke liye fire control Chart ke tamam hisse bhare jate hain.

10. UnchaiFire base commander nikale hue range ke liye range table se AP ko
malum karta hai aur angle of sight pahale hi nikal chuka hota hai. Is ke bad unchai
ke liye sikhe hue tarike se woh QA nikalta hai aur note karta hai. Misal ke taur par
target ka range 1300m aur AS + 5 mils hai :-
1300 meter par AP = 26.7 mils
= AP + AS
= 26.7+5
= 31.7mils (32 mils Unchai)

11. DishaYeh harek gun ke liye alag alag ho sakti hai aur yeh woh data hai jo
gunon mein lagaya jaega. Is ko nikalte samay dhyan dene wali baten :
(a) Target mein gunon ka fire target ke dono taraf barabar hona chahiye.
(b) Target mein do gunon ke beaten zone ke bich mein 10 m ka fasla hona
chahiye.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
191

12. Pivot Gun Ki Disha Pivot gun ki disha nikalne ka tariqa :

Disha = Angle of switch + ½ Std Gun Frontage.
(+ ½ SGF jab zero line obj ke baen ho)
(- ½ SGF jab zero line obj ke daen ho)
2 Section ka gun frontage - 30 meter.
1300 meter par 26 meter = 20 mils.
1300 meter par 4 mils = 04 mils.
1300 meter par 30 meter = 24 mils.
1/2 gun frontage = 24 / 2 =12
Sahi disha = 100 + 12 = 112 mils dahine.

13. Agar ham galti se disha bataye hue formule ke alawa aur kuchh nikalte hain
jaise :-
(a) Disha = Angle of switch(AOS).
(b) Disha = AOS + SGF.
(c) Disha = AOS – SGF.
(d) Disha = AOS + ½ SGF
(jab zero line obj ke daen ho).
(e) Disha = AOS – ½ SGF
(jab zero line obj ke baen ho).
To (a) se (c) halat mein gunon ka fire upar bataye gaye sharton ko pura nahin
karega yani ke disha galat hogi.

Note :-
1. DS alag alag halaton mein disha ka kya farq parega, kaise sharton ko pura
nahin karega yani ke disha galat hogi samjhae.
2. Disha nikalne ka tarika udaharan se samjhaya jae.
14. Dusre Gunon ki Disha
(a) Jab Inter Gun Duri 10m Ho Aisi halat mein kyoki gunen
samananter hain, sabhi gun ki disha pivot gun ke saman hogi.
(b) Jab Inter Gun Duri 10m Se Kam Ya Ziada Ho Aisi halat mein
target ke beaten zone ke bich ke fasle ko 10 m banane ke liye gunon ke bich
jo bhi farq aata hai use mils mein tabdil karke pivot gun ki disha jor ya ghata di
jati hai.

15.Gunon ki Casuality Kai bar dushman ki jawabi karwai se ya dusre karnon se

gunon ki casuality ho sakti hai jis se jo hamari disha nikali gai hai us mein tabdili
zaruri ho jaegi. Is ki bhi do halten pesh aati hain :-

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
192

(a) Cas Pahale Hi Ho Jae Aisi halat men SGF ghat jata hai aur pivot
gun ko cas hone ki halat men angle of switch mein bhi tabdili aa jati hai. In
donon ko dhyan mein rakhte hue sikhe hue tariqe se disha nikali jati hai.
(b) Cas Fire Shuru Hone Ke Bad Agar cas bad mein ho jae to isko
madhya nazar rakhte hue naya fire control Chart nahin banaya jaa sakta
balke purane fire control Chart ko hi dubara jald se jald modify karna parega.
Is ke lie jo bhi gun cas hoti hai uske dahine baen wali gunon ko fire control nai
fire ki vidhi deta hai.

FIRE CONTROL CHART PART - II

16. LiftenAgar target gehrai wala ho to uski gehrai ko dhapne ke lie liften di jati
hain. Sath hi unchai ki galtion ko dhapne ke liye combined sight rule ke mutabik
liften di jati hain. Waise to din mein liften mtrs mein dete hain lekin rat ke fire mein
inhein sight mein lagana hota hai is liye inhein mils mein nikala jata hai. Range table
se alag alag AP dekh kar unmein farq ko nikal diya jata hai.
Jaise - 1300 meter par AP = 26.7 mils.
1250 meter par AP = 24.7 mils.
1350 meter par AP = 28.7 mils.
Is lie pahle niche 2 mils, phir upar 4 mils ki liften de jaegi.
17. Fire ki VidhiSikhlaye hue tarike se target ki sahi disha nikalkar gunen agar us
disha mein burst fire karen to gunon ke fire ka beaten zone target par thik to banega
lekin gunon ke beaten zone ke bich mein pehla aur akhri beaten zone target ke
bahar jaega aur beaten zone ke bich mein gap reh jaega jahan par fire ka asar nahin
hoga.
18. Parantu target ko barbad karne ke lie target mein aisa koi bhi ilaqa khali nahin
bachna chahiye jahan MMG ki golian na jaen. Is liye pratek gun se dahine baen 2
click, dahine baen 5 click ya aise fire ki vidhi se fire kiya jata hai takih yeh tamam
gaps cover ho jaen. Gaps ko cover karne ke liye fire ki vidhi ki jarurat parti hai.
(a) Kisi Bhi Do Beaten Zone Ke Beech Ka Ilake Ko Dhapne Ke
LiyeKyonkih yeh duri hamesha 10 m hoti hai hum is duri ko subtension table ki
madad se nikal kar dekhte hain ke diye hue range par mils mein yeh farq kitna
hota hai. Agar 10m, 9 mils ya kam hota hai to dahine baen 2 click se barbad
kiya jata hai. Agar 10meter, 9mils se jiada ho to use 4 bhag dekar fire ki vidhi
nikalte hain (1/4 is liye kyonke ½ se pratek gun ke liye mils mein adha hissa
milta hai jisse ½ se dubara bhag dekar click mein harek gun ki marne ki vidhi
mil jati hai.
(b) Target Ke Kinaron Ko Dhapne Ke Liye Donon bahari gunon se
target ke kinaron tak ki duri ko dhapne ke liye fire ki vidhi (TF - SGF) + 1
4
click ke formule se nikali jaati hai. (+1 disha ki galti ko dhapne ke liye)

Target ki chaurai = 41 mils.

Gun frontage = 24 mils.
Fire ki vidhi = ( 41 -24 ) + 1 = 5.25 = 6 clicks
4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
193

19. Jab hum gaps ko cover karne ke lie fire ki vidhi nikalenge to ho sakta hai ke
dono halton mein alag-alag fire ki vidhi nikle. gunon se kam wali fire ki vidhi istemal
karen to kuch kinare bach jaenge. Is lie ziada nikli hui fire ki vidhi se target ko
barbad kiya jayega.

20. Safety AngleIse malum karne ke lie basic safety angle (60 mils) aadha gun
frontage aur fire ki vidhi (click men) ko jor diya jata hai. Misal ke taur par agar gun
frontage 24 mils aur fire ki vidhi D/B 6 click ho to safety angle is prakar nikala jata hai
(a) Basic safety angle = 60 mils.
(b) ½ gun frontage = 12 mils.
(c) Fire ki vidhi D/B 6 click = 12 mils.
Safety angle = 84 mils.

21.SamaySafety angle nikalne ke bad us target ka range ke mutabik subtension

table se malum kiya jaata hai ki woh kitne meter ke barabar hoga. Is se hum ko pata
chal jata hai ke hum apni fauj ko kitne duri tak fire support de sakte hain. Bad mein
isi duri ko apni fauj ke rate of advance se bhag dekar yeh pata chalta hai ke apni fauj
ko wahan tak pahunchne mein kitna samay lagega. Ghari ka samay aur H hr se
samay fire control Chart mein bhara jata hai.

Ghari Ka Samay
Bachao ki had = 84 mils.
1300 meter par 80 mils = 102 mtrs.
1300 meter par 4 mils = 4 mtrs.
1300 meter 84 mils = 106 mtrs.
SL obj ka fasla = 1000 mtrs.
Bachao ka dhyan rakhte hua : 1000 - 106 = 894 mtrs apni sena
pahuchane tak fire kiya jaega.
Sena ki raftar 100 mtrs = 2 min mein
894 meter = 894 x 2
100
'H' hour ka samay 2200 baje hai. Is liye 2200 baje se 2217.88 min tak fire
kiya jaega ya 2200 se 2217 min 52.8 section tak.

22. AmmunitionGunon se kitne samay fire karna hai, iska pata lagane ke bad us
samay par fire ki raftar se guna karke hum nikalte hain ke hamein kitne amn ki
zarurat paregi. Bad mein reserve ke lie is ka aadha nikalkar jor kiya jata hai kyonki
kul amn ka 1/2 reserve hona chahiye. Amn ki kul zarurat ko ant mein round karke
belt box on ki tadad mein jahir karna chahiye.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
194

BHAG - III : Defence Mein Fire Control Chart

23. Defence ke fire control Chart aur attack ke fire control Chart men kafi farq hota
hai kyonki kai baton ko nikalne ki zarurat nahin hoti :-
(a) Amn Yeh bhari tadad mein dump hota hai is ko nikalne ki zarurat
nahin hai.
(b) Safety Angle Isko nikalne ki zarurat nahin hai.
(c) Samay Iski zarurat nahin hai.
(d) H Hrs Nahin hoti hai.
(e) Code Word Defence mein fire kholne ke lie code word likhe hone ki
zarurat hoti hai aur isse fire karne ka ishare ke sath remarks ke khane men
likha jata hai.

Sankshep

24. MMG ke fire ka effect target ke sahi data ke upar depend karta hai. Khaskar
raat ya kharab mausam mein fire karte waqt. Data malum karne ke baad use chart
mein note kar liya jata hai takih :
(a) Yeh bhul na jae.
(b) Tartib bani rahe.
(c) Koi bhi No teji se kaam kar sake.

25. FIRE CONTROL chart pratyek gun ke liye banaya jata hai. Iski jimmewari fire
controller ki hoti hai. Agar accha soch vichar karke banaya gaya ho to attack aur
defence donon mein yeh kafi asardar hota hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
195

BATTLE HANDLING

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
196

BH –1
FAUJI TACTICAL SHABDON KA MATLAB

1. Advanced Guard Harkati toli ka woh hissa jo aage harkat karta hai aur daste
ke samne se hifazat ka zimmewar hai. Iska kaam zamin aur dushman ke bare mein
khabren hasil karke pichhe bhejna, dushman ki chhoti-moti rukawaton ko dur karna
aur agar dushman ki rukawat iski taqat se bahar ho to apne se bhari taqat ke deploy
hone men madad dena. Iski banawat zamin aur dushman ke khatre par depend hoti
hai. Yeh van guard aur main guard ko mila kar banta hai.

2. Alarm Post Defence men digging ke dauran alarm post har ek morche ko
zahir karte hain. Koi zamini khatra hone par is jagah se jawan apna task ko pura
karte hain. Yeh apne morche ke aas pas hone chahiye aur weapon aur equipment is
jagah par rakh diya jaega. Alarm post aisi jagah chuna jana chahiye jahan se
weapon ka pura istemal ho sake. Kneeling position tak morcha khudai ho jane ke
bad alarm post ka istemal nahin hota hai.

3. All Round Defence

(a) Organised for All Round Defence Defence mein ek unit ya sub-unit ko
zamin par is prakar se deploy karna chahiye ki ziada fire ka effect dushman ke
most likely approach par dala ja sake aur kuch fire baki aane wale raston par
bhi dali ja sake. Generally pahari aur samtal ilaqe mein unit aur sub unit ko
defence mein organised for all round defence se lagaya jata hai.
(b)Sited for All Round Defence Ek unit ya sub-unit jab defence mein sited for
all round ke roop se lagayi jati hai to yeh unit charon taraf se aane wale
dushman par barabar fire daal sakti hai. Generally jungle aur desert mein, unit
ya sub unit sited for all round defence hoti hai.

4.Arc of Fire Yeh woh ilaqa hai jo kisi ek weapon ya fire unit ki responsibility ka
hota hai aur isi ilaqe mein woh hathiyar ya fire unit targeton par fire dalta hai. Arc of
fire aur field of fire mein yeh farq hai ki field of fire woh area hota hai jahan kisi bhi
hathiyar ya fire unit se effective fire dalwaya ja sake jabki arc of fire ek weapon ya
fire unit ka nirdharit zimmewari ka ilaqa hai jisme woh targeton par fire dalta hai. Aam
taur par arc of fire ko following part main divide kiya jata hai :-
(a) Primary Arc of FireYeh who ilaqa hai jismen fire dalna kisi hathiyar ya fire
unit ki primary responsibility hoti hai.
(b) Secondary Arc of Fire Yeh who area hai jo kisi hathiyar ya fire unit ki
secondary responsibility hoti hai. Ismen fire tabhi dala jata hai jab ki primary arc
mein fire dalne ki zarurat na ho. Dhyan rahe ki in donon arc mein overlap hona
chahiye.

5.Assembly Area Woh area jismen hamlawar troops attack se pahle ikattha
hokar, supporting wali unit aur sub-units se co-ordination karke attack ke liye jo bhi
taiyari karni hai use pura karte hain. Is area mein attacking troops rehersal, briefing,
hathiyaron aur equipment ki checking aur coordination aur co-ordination karte hain.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
197

Agar Assembly Area se objective ka distance ziada ho to Forward Assembly Area

(FAA) select kar sakte hain, final coordination ko check karne aur command aur
control ko maintain rakhne ke liye.

6.Axis Advance ke direction ko indicate karne wali am line jiske sath sath koi
formation ya unit move karti hai.

7.Battle Procedure Dushman ke khilaf larai mein shamil hone se pahle aur shamil
hone ke baad who tamam actions jo koi unit ya formation karta hai use battle
procedure kahte hain. Isqa aim yeh hai ki samay ki bachat ho aur tamam actions ko
kam se kam samay mein complete kar sake. Iske liye har level par Commander aur
troops ek sath action karte hain.

8.Battle Drill Pahle se taiyar aur rehersal ki hui drills jo ki unit ya sub-units
dushman ke samna hone par ya zarurat hone par istemal karte hain jaise MMG
section drill. Isse amay ki bachat hoti hai aur hukum kam kiye ja sakte hain.

9.Bound Advance ke dauran raste main aane wale jaruri tactical landmark jahan
par dushman ke hone ki sambhavana hoti hai. Yahan pahunchane par sub-unit, unit
ya formation pahle is zamin ko tactically pakarti hain aur phir apni report deti hain,
taqi command aur control ko wapis barkarar kara ja sake jisse senior commander
advance karne wale unit aur formation par durust command aur control rakh sakein.

10.Counter Attack Defence mein deployed troops ka kuch hissa, attack karne wale
troops par kisi khas maksad se attack karte hain jaise ki apne defence mein ghuse
hue shatru ko bahar nikalne ki karwai, use counter attack kahte hain. Counter attack
do prakar ka hota hain, Local aur Deliberate Counter Attack. Local aur Deliberate
Counter Attack mein antar dushman ki strength aur apna kitna area usne capture kar
liya hai, apne troops ki nafri, reserve aur kitne time mein kiya jana hai hota hai.
(a) Local Counter Attack Brigade, Unit ya sub-unit ke sthar par jo
dushman defence mein ghus gaye hain ya defence mein ghusne wale hain
unke against attack ke action ko local conter attack kehte hain.
(b) Deliberate Counter Attack Division aur usse upar ke level par
Deliberate Counter Attack ka plan banaya jata hai aur coordinate kiya jata hai.
Ismein Commander ke paas alag se reserve hote hain jinka istemal kiya jata
hai.

11.Covering Troops Woh fauji dasta hai jis mein am taur par sabhi arms shamil
hote hain aur jis ko apne defensive position se aage observation karne, dushman ko
harass aur uske advance mein delay paida karne ke liye lagaye jata hai, taki
dushman hamare defence ki tyaari mein ya withdrawal mein koi rukawat na kar sake.

12.Covering Fire Assault ya counter attack karne wale troops ki harkat ko madad
karne ki liye jo fire support weapon se milta hai use covering fire kahte hain, jiska
maksad dushman ke hathiyaron ya position ko neutralize karna hota hai.
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
198

13.D Day Kisi operation ko shuru karne ke liye jo day select hota hai use D day
kahte hain. D day se pahle ke guzre hue dinon ko D MINUS se aur D day ke bad
ane wale dinon ko D PLUS se indicate kiya jata hai; jaise D day se 2 din bad ke liye
D PLUS 2.

14.Defended Post Aisi jagah jis par ek chhoti sub unit (jaise ek section) capture kie
hue ho, use defended post kahte hai. Kain defended post ikatthe ek dusare ke
mutual support mein hote hain, aur is tarah ek defended locality banti hai.

15. Defended Locality Woh area jis ka sab taraf se bachao ke liye troops ko tartib
di gai ho ya lagaye gaye ho, jaise ki platoon ya company defended locality. Inmein
sub uniten is tarah lagai jati hai ki woh ek dusre ko fire se madad kar saken aur
depth mein ho. Jin defended location ke saath dushman ka contact pehle hone ki
smabhavna ho unko forward defended locality (FDL) kehte hain.

16.Defended Area Operation ki responsibility ka woh ilaqa jismein defended

locality aise lagai gai hon jo apas mein madad kar sakti hon aur depth mein hon,
jaise ki Battalion defended area.

17.Defensive Fire (DF) Pahle se select kiye gaye wo hathiyaron ke fire ke task jo
dushman ke hamla ya hamle ka shak parne par fauran giraya ja sake. In mein yeh
shamil hain:-
(a) Close Defensive Fire (DF) Task Defended locality ke nazdik select kiye
task jo dushman ke hamle ko forming up- place, start line ya asli assault mein
barbad karne ke liye giraya jata hai, inko close Defensive Fire task ya nazdik
Defensive Fire task kaha jata hai.

(b) Defensive Fire (DF) in Depth Ziada depth mein select kiye gaye aise
task jo dushman ke hamle ki taiyari ke plan ko bigaren inko „defensive fire task
in depth‟ ya gahrai mein Defensive Fire task kaha jata hai.

18. Defensive Fire (DF) (SOS) Pehle se select kiye hue task jin par Arty gun aur
mortar aur jahan mumkin ho Automatic Grenade Launcher agar dusri jagah kaam
par na ho to lay karke rakhi jati hain. Yeh aam taur par apne defence ke nazdik hi
dushman ke hamle ko break karne ke liye chune jate hain. SOS call par fauran fire
target par giraya jaega. Field artillery ko am taur par ek target per battery dia jata
hai.

19. Defiladed Position Aisi position joki nazar aur flat trajectory wale weapon ke
fire se safety mein ho.

20. Enfilade Fire Us hathiyar se kia gaya aisa fire jo ki kisi target ke lambe rukh
mein ek sire se dusre sire tak asar dal sake.
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
199

21. Firm Base Aisi tactical importance wali grnd jis par apne troops ka capture
hone se commander ke plan achchhi tarah se amal mein lai ja saken. Jaise advance
mein bound par qabza mahfuz rakhna, taki commander ko aise jagah mil jaye jo
usko madad de sake ya cover kar sake. Bare mane mein firm base ke area mein
who sabhi administrative installation hone chahiyen jo fauj ko maintain kar sake.

22. Flank Guard Ek detachment jo zaruri nahin ki woh mobile ho, kisi force ko
harkat ke dauran kisi ek flank ki hafazat ke liye muqarrar kiya jaye woh flank guard
kehalata hai. Flank Guard ka kam hai ki axis of column ko hamle se ya flank se
interference se hifazat karna.

23. Forming Up Place (FUP) Woh area jahan unit ya sub unit assembly area
chorne ke bad jate hain aur hamla bolne se pahle apne aap ko hamle ke liye
organize karte hain use FUP kahte hai. Is jagah par attacking troops ko us formation
mein deploy kiya jata hai jis mein unhen attack karna ho.

24. Ground of Tactical Importance (GTI) Yeh woh important zamin hai jiske
hath se nikal jane se division se chhote darje par defence liye hue troops apne
defence ka achchhi tarah se bachao nahin kar payenge. Yeh zamin brigade
defended sector, Battalion defended area ya company def locality ki defence ke liye
nihayat hi zaruri hoti hai.

25. H Hour H Hour operation shuru hone ke time ko kahte hain. Operation ke
tamam dusre time is ke lihaz se fix kiye jate hain jis ko zahir karne ke liye:-
(a) H Hour se 2 hrs pehle – H minus 2.
(b) H Hour se 2 hrs baad – H plus 2.
Jab minute zahir karne hon toh inko likhna zaruri hai jaise ki H plus 20 minutes
aur H minus 30 minutes. Ek operation ke liye ek hi H hour fix kiye jaega chahe
woh operation do ya teen days mein khatam hona hai.

26. Direct Support Mein (In Direct Support) Artillery unit/sub unit jis ka fire
bagair upar wale headquarter ko batae, specified ammunition ke kharch taq koi
formation / unit le sake, aisi artillery unit/sub unit ko us formation ya unit ke in direct
fire support mein kaha jaega. Aisi artillery unit / sub unit jo ki direct support mein ho
woh madad lene wali unit ki dekhbhal aur liason muhiya karne ki responsibility hai.
Iske ilawa agar aur koi artillery ka hissa madad mein ho to uske fire par control karne
ke bhi responsibility hai.

27. Support Mein (In Support) Koi artillery unit/sub unit jo kisi unit/formation ki
support mein muqarrar ho magar uska fire guaranteed na ho to aisi artllrery unit/sub
unit ko “Support Mein” kehte hai. Fire par control ke liye aisi artillery unit/sub unit ko
kisi ek formation/unit ke "Priority Call” par niyukt kar diya jata hai. Aisi unit ko tamam
hukam apne headquarter se milte hain. Within limits ziada se ziada madad jo kuch
woh de sakti hai, deti hai. Us unit ka headquarter uske movement aur administration
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
200

ka zimmewar hota hai aur sidha unit par khud command karta hai. Support mein
hone wali unit ya sub unit support arms ko observation aur Signal Communication
muhiya nahin karti. Fire par control direct support unit ya sub unit ke zariye kiya jata
hai.

28. Intermediate Position Woh zamini ilaqa jise ek defensive position se

withdrawal karte samay kuch der ke liye kabza kar ke rakhna takih dushman ke adv
ko delay kar sake aur apna naya defence ikhtiyar aur kabza karne ke liye time mil
sake. Yeh ek se ziada ho sakte hain.

29. Mutual Support Ek post ya locality is qabil ho ki woh apne flank wale post ya
locality ko, dushman ka hamla hote waqt effective fire se madad de saken.

30. Neutralisation Dushman ke troops aur us ke hathiyaron ko fire se is tarah

daba dena ki hamare upar unka kisi qism ka asar dalna namumkin ya mushkil ho
jaye. Is fire ka yeh bhi irada hota hai ki uska command aur control ko disorganise
karna aur eqpt ko barbad karna.

31. Patrol Base Patrol base shatru ke ilaqe ya „no man‟s land‟ mein woh jagah
hoti hai jahan zarurat parne par patrol kuch der ke liye qabza karti hai, yahan se
patrol apna task pura karti hai, bachao hasil karti hai aur small-small patrol age bhejti
hain.

32. Primary Task Kisi bhi weapon ya sub unit ko diya gaya woh fire task jis par
fire dalna us hathiyar ya sub unit ki primary responsibility hai.

33.Positions
(a) Main Position Yeh woh main gun position hai jahan se gun apne mile
hue task ko pura karti hai.
(b) Alternative Position Pahle se recce aur taiyar ki hui position jahan
main gun position chorne ke bad, gun apne pehle wale task ko pura karti hai.
(c) Secondary Position Pehle se recce aur taiyar ki hui woh position jahan
se gun apne secondary tasks ko pura karti hai.
(d) Temporary Position Kisi temporary (Thori der ke liye) task ko pura
karne ke liye jo position occupy karte hai use temporary position kahte hain.
Iske faide :-
(i) Dushman ko tang karna.
(ii) Surprise hasil karna.
(iii) Dhokha dena.
(e) Contingency Position Defence mein pehle se taiyar kiya hua position
jahan unit/sub unit move karti hai aur larai ki aisi halat ka samna karti hai jis ke
liye main position ko taiyar nahin kiya hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
201

34.Re-organisation Kisi action ke khatam hone par, jawanon aur equipment mein
casualty ho jane ke karan ya kisi jagah ko capture mein lane par jo nayi tartib kisi unit
men di jaye use re-organisation kahte hain.

35.Reverse Slope Position Aise position jahan ziada troop kisi pahari ke unche
hisse par apni taraf wali dhalan (reverse slope) mein lagae jaen reverse slope
position kehlate hain. Aise position mein troops dushman se defiladed position mein
rehte hain. Yeh sirf tab li ja sakti hai jab ki apni taraf ki dhalan gradual ho.

36.Screen Aise detachments jis mein generally par all arms shamil hote hain, jo kisi
jagah par rahte hue dushman ke attack ki karwaion mein ziada se ziada interfere
kare. Iska uddesh yeh hai kih dushman hamari forward defended location aur
abstacles ki observation aur recce na kar sake aur dushman zarurat se pahle hi
deploy karne par majbur ho jaye.

37.Secondary Task Primary task ke ilawa kisi weapon ya sub unit ko diya hua
woh dusra task jisko kih us weapon ya sub unit pura karne ki responsibility di ho, jab
ki who weapon ya sub unit primary task mein fire na kar rahi ho.

38.Start Line Landmarks ki madad se farzi zahir ki gayi ya zamin par mark ki gayi
aisi line jisko age wale troops, attack mein muqarrar kiye gaye waqt par paar karte
hain taki fire plan ko troops ki movement ke sath coordinate kiya ja sake. Jitna ho
sake yeh objective ke square ho.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
202

BH-2

FIRE BASE AUR MMG SEC KE ILAQE KI RECCE

Introduction

1. Machine gunon ka fire aam taur par ek overall plan ka hissa hota hai. Medium
Machine Gun section ko action mein lane ke liye shuru ke prabandh aam taur par
company commander, fire base commander ya Headquater company commander ki
responsibility hogi. Defence mein fire ke overall co-ordination ki aur attack mein fire
support co-ordinate karne ki zimmedari Fire base commander ki hogi.
2. MMG, Company ka hissa banne ke baad bhi tactical situation ko dhyan mein
rakhte hue gunon ka distribution aur koi change Battalion Commander karenge.
3. MMG Section Commander aur Company Commander ki requirement ke anusar
apni section aur detachment ko action mein lane ki responsibility hogi.
4. Age ke lesson is tarah likhe gaye hain ki larai ke maidan mein pratyek sambhav
kaam jo machine gunon ko diye ja sakte hain sikhae jaen. Battalion Commander ki
bant ko khyal mein rakhte hue Machine Gun Section ya detachment, Company
Commander ke command mein hogi aur attack ke dauran yadi Battalion Commander
munasib samjhe to charo MMG Section Fire base mein deploy hokar fire support de
sakti hain. Aise halat mein Fire Base Commander fire ko co-ordinate karega.
5. Aam taur par ek MMG Section ek fire unit hota hai. Defence mein agar
Company ke area mein HMG hai to uske liye bhi MMGs ko maddenazar rakhte hue
munasib loc chunni hogi. HMG jis Company ke area mein hai usi Company
Commander/Platoon Commander ke command mein deni chahiye. Aise awasaron
par rifle Company/Rifle platoon commander HMG position chunne ke liye madad de
sakta hai. Parantu unka fire control bina hukum ke nahi karenge.
6. Attack ke dauran fire base recce aur area chunne ki responsibility fire base Cdr ki
hogi. Woh is baat ko decide karegaki wahan se diya hua task pura ho sakta hai ya
nahin. Pure taur par recee ki responsibility fire base cdr ki hogi parantu yadi samay
kam hai to kisi had tak yeh responsibility MMG Section Commander ko bhi banti ja
sakti hai.

Deployment ke liye Groups ki Bant

7.Yadi attack ke dauran MMGs sath mein fire support de rahi ho to groups ke andar
niche likhe groups bhi shamil ho sakti hain :-
(a) R Gp.
(b) O Gp.
(c) F Gp.
8. Ek Infantry Battalion ke andar har sthan par deployment ke liye groupon ki bant
ke liye Appx „A‟ dekhen.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
203

9. Platoon ke area ki recce karne ke liye soch samajh kar plan banana chahiye aur
uske liye niche likhi baten dhyan mein rakhni chahiye :-
(a) Time plan.
(b) Recce plan.
(c) Action.
10. Yadi attack mein bachi hui MMG‟s fire support deti hai to, Fire Base ke liye bhi
area chuna jaega.
11. Fire base Commander area ki recce ke time in baton ka faisla karta hai :-
(a) Detachment ka area aur RV.
(b) Observation Post (Yadi zarurat hai to).
(c) Vehicles ke liye area.
(d) Orders dene ke liye location.
(e) Apni safety.
(f) Control post.

12.In mein niche likhi hui siften honi chahiye :-

(a) MMG Section aur Detachment ke Iocation
(i) Diya hua task pura kar sake.
(ii) Apni tps ki movement observe kar sake.
(iii) Raste covered hon.
(iv) Gunon ke liye hawai aur zamini chhupao ho.
(v) Apne troops ki safety ho.

(b) MMG Section/Detachment RV

(i) Jitna ho sake MMG Section/Detachment ke location ke nazdik ho.
(ii) Vehicles ke liye covered raste ho.
(iii) Location identification mein asani ho.

(c) Fire Base OP

(i) Fire ka area achchhi tarah dikhai de.
(ii) Apni sena ki position aur movement dikhai de.
(iii) Hawai aur zamini shatru se nazri chhupao aur goli ki aar ho.
(iv) Covered rasta ho.
(v) Jab bhi sambhav ho ek detachment Commander ke nazdik ho taki
awaz se control ho sake.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
204

13. Mili hui vehicles ya to pure platoon ikatthi hongi ya alag alag
detachment/section ke apne area ke pichhe jaise us halat mein munasib samjha
jaye, hongi. Nos ammunition aur gunon ki tatha drivers vehicles ki safety ke
responsible honge.
14.Adesh ke location jahan tak ho sake ek detachment ke area mein ho aur aise
location par ho jahan se fire ka pura area nazar aaye.
15. Detachment Commander/Section Commander area ki recce kar ke nimnlikhit
baton ka decide karta hai :-

(a) Gun positions (Main, Alternate aur Secondary).

(b) Control post.
(c) Fire ke area ki bant.
16. In mein niche likhi siften honi chahiye :-
(a) Gun Position
(i) Diya hua task pura kar sake.
(ii) Posn tak covered rasta ho.
(iii) Zamini aur hawai dekhbhal aur fire se bachao ho aur posn defiladed
ho.
(iv) Enfilade fire ho aur belt of fire zamin ke saath saath banta ho.
(v) Field of fire saaf ho.
(vi) Local protection ho.
(vii) Koi prominent landmark ke aas paas na ho.
(viii) Agar fire support diya ja raha ho to apni sena ki position observe kar
sake.
(ix) Defences mein mutual support ho.
(x) Agar responsibility wale area mein dead ground ho to use dusre
weapons se cover kiya gaya ho.

(b) Control Post

(i) Fire ka area achchhi tarah nazar aaye.
(ii) Apni troops ki position aur movement observe kar sake.
(iii) Shatru ke zamini, hawai fire aur observation se bachoo main ho.
(iv) Voice se control ho sake.

(c) Fire ka Area Sikhi hui vidhi ke anusar.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
205

Appendix ‘A’
(Refers to Para of BH-2)

TACTICAL GROUPING
INFANTRY BATTALION

Unit / Sub R Gp O Gp F Gp T Gp
Unit

Battalion Commanding Rifle Company Battalion 2IC ke niche Complete

Officer, Commanders, baki Battalion aur F Battalion
echelon transport. Trasport,
Intelligence Mortar Platoon
Officer, Commander, F echelon
Transport
Support Arms ATGM Platoon
Commander, Commander,
Radio Set MMG Platoon
Operator Commander,
Headquarter Company
Commander,
Support Arms
Commander,
Adjutant,
Quartermaster if available
Company Rifle Company Rifle Platoon Commander Rifle Platoon
Commander, Commander Specialist
Specialist Section/detachment
Radio Set Section/detachment Commanders
Operator Commanders
FOO/Arty OP
Forward Observation
Officer/Artillery Platoon aur
Observation Post Detachment
Commander
Platoon aur Detachment
Commander
Platoon Rifle Platoon Sec Cdr Pl Hav ke under baki
Commander Pl
Runner/Radio 51mm Mor Det Cdr
Set Operator

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
206

BH-3

MACHINE GUNS ADVANCE MEIN

Machine Gunon ka Advance mein Task

1. Advance guard/flank guard ke saath MMGs ko niche likhe kaam diye ja sakte
hain.
(a) Axis ko fix karne mein madad dena.
(b) Quick attack mein fire support dena.
(c) Mobile troops ke saath jana.
(d) Anti aircraft role muhiya karna.
(e) Aur kisi diye hue task ko pura karna.
(f) Battalion ke attack mein exposed flank ko cover karna.

Platoon 2IC ke task

2. Platoon 2IC ke task is prakar hain :-

(a) Platoon ko prepare karna.
(b) „O‟ aur „F‟ Group ko diye hue RV par bhejna.
(c) Advance ke dauran Platoon par command and control karna.
(d) Larai ke halat se wakfiat rakhna.
(e) Agar zarurat pare to Platoon Commander ki dutiya sambhalne ke liye
taiyar rehna.

MMG Detachment Commander ke Task

3. Task is prakar hain :-

(a) Detachment ko prepare karna.
(b) Arms aur ammunition ko check karna.
(c) Van guard company commander ke orders ke liye chala jata hai.
(d) Ok report Platoon 2IC ko deta hai.
(e) Platoon Commander ke order ke liye jata hai.

Van Guard/Flank Guard ke Saath Jane Wala Detachment

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
207

4. (a) Section RV mein aata hai aur Section Commander se order leta hai.
(b) Apni detachment ko brief karna.
(c) Van guard Company Commander ke order ke liye chala jata hai.
(d) Wapis aata hai aur detachment ko pure taur par brief karta hai.
(e) Detachment ke ready hone par Section Commander ko report deta hai aur
van guard Company mein shamil ho jata hai.

Main Guard ke Saath Advance karne wali Detachment

5. Jo MMG Section ya Detachment van guard ke sath jana chahta hai who apni
detachment usi mutabiq brief karta hai.

Medium Machine Guns

6.Yeh Company ka hissa hai lekin Battalion Commander bhi inko detail kar hai.
Lekin jab fire support dena pade to karyawahi jaise attack mein hoti hai vaise hi ki
jayegi.

Dushman ke Saath Contact hone par Karwai

7.Dushman ke saath milap hone par van guard aur MMG Section Commander niche
likhi karyawahi karte hain.
(a) Gun position select karte hain.
(b) Van guard Company Commander se milap karte hain aur target ki
importance ko samajhte hain.
(c) Target ki importance ke according engage karte hain.
(d) Company ke quick attack mein fire support dete hain.
(e) Target ko engage karke Company ko deploy ya firm base banane mein
madad dena.
(f) Ammunition ke expenditure ka hisab lagana aur iske replacement ke liye
arrangement kanra.
(g) Casualty evacuation ka arrangement karna.
(h) Axis fix karne mein madad dena.
(j) Battalion ke quick attack mein fire support dena.
(k) Battalion ke quick attack ke liye baki machine gunon ke liye area select kar
ke rakhna.
(l) MMG Section Commander ke aane par ammunition, casualty aur target ke
bare mein brief karta hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
208

(m) MMG Section Commander cas aur ammunition ka hissab kitab Company
Commander ko deta hai.

Quick Attack mein MMG ka Task

8. Jaldi ke hamle mein machine gunon ke task is prakar hai:-
(a) Jaldi se jaldi fire dalkar dushman ka sar niche rakhna.
(b) Jahan tak ho sake 90 degree ke angle se fire support dena. Tankon aur
attacking troops ko dushman ki position ke close se close pahunchana.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
209

BH-4
MACHINE GUNS ATTACK MEIN

1. Aam taur par larai mein attack ke dauran, dusre support weapon se jaise, mortar
aur artillery se bhi attacking troops ko fire support dia jata hai. Lekin in weapons ka
fire suraksha ko maddenazar rakhte hue pahle hi lift kar lia jata hai. Is samay
attacking troops ko objective ke nazdik se nazdik pahunchane ke liye machine gunon
se sahi tariqe se diya gaya fire kargar sabit hota hai. In hathiyaron se hum nazdik tak
fire support de sakte hain.

2.Fire ka pura faida uthane ke liye yeh zaruri hoga ki gunon ko flank men lagaya
jaye. Agar fire observe karke diya ja raha hai jo apni troops ki safety ka khyal rakhte
hue fire ko switch karana chahiye nahi to fire time plan se dena chahiye.

Attack mein Kaam ki Tazwiz ya Karyawahi

3.Kisi bhi attack mein MMG ko nimnalikhit kaam banta ja sakta hai:-
(a) Assembly area aur Forming Up Place ki safety.
(b) Assembly area aur FUP tak ki movement ke dauran safety.
(c) Kisi exposed flank ki safety.
(d) Hamle mein fire support dena.
(e) Kisi anya task ko pura karna.
(f) Reorganisation mein ya dushman ke supporting attack mein MMG ka
istemal kiya jaye.

4. Jaise ki aapko malum hai ki Battalion ke andar MMG Company ka hissa hai. In
MMG se pura faida uthane ke liye inke appointments ki dutiya / kaamon ko janana
jaruri hai. MMG ke appointments ki dutian is prakar hain.

5Fire base Commander ke Kaamon ki Tartib

(a) Battalion Commander se warning order leta hai aur thora planning karta
hai aur apna warning order troops ko issue karta hai. Is dauran woh tai karta hai
ki usne apne „O‟ Group ko kab aur kahan bulana hai. Iske liye woh apne time
plan is parkar banata hai:-

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
210

Time RunningTime or
Ghari ka samay

CO ne „O‟ Gp bulaya hai 1100 H

CO ke order ke liye time 1H 1200 H
Apni recce ke liya time 3H 1500 H
Khud ke order tayar karane ke 0.30 Mins 1530 H
liye time
Spare time 0.20 Mins 1550 H
(„O‟Group bulane ka samay-1550H).
Note :-Time plan banate samay woh yeh bhi khayal rakhta hai ki „O‟ Group ko
RV tak aane mein kitna time lagega. Is planning ke baad fire base commander
apna W/O deta hai. Ho sake to troops ki RV battalion ke „O‟ gp se piche honi
chahiye.
(b) Fire base Commander Warning Order dene ke baad battalion „O‟ Group ki
RV par chala jata hai.
(c) Commanding Officer se hukam hasil karta hai.
(d) Commanding Officer se hukam lene ke baad fire base Commander apni
recce ki taiyari karata hai aur recce plan banata hai. Udhaharan ke liye :-
Commanding Officer ne order khatam kiye - 1200H
In action report manga hai - 1900H
Total Time available - 7H

Hour Mins
Apne order taiyar karne ke liye time - 0 30
Order dene ke liye time - 0 30
Det Cdr ki recce ke liye time - 1 30
(Ismen gunon ko lagana included hai. Fire
Base Cdr isi samay Fire Base 2IC ko
brief karta hai)
Spare time - 0 30
Total time - 3 00
Fire base Cdr ki recce ke liye time - 7 - 3 = 4H

(e) Fire Base 2IC ko message apne orderly ke dwara bhejta hai. Jis mein who
nimnlikhit chizen shamil karta hai.
(i) Information.
(ii) Troops ka task.
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
211

(iii) Troops ko RV par lene ke liye rasta.

(iv) In action ka time.
(v) Koi khas kaam jaise F group ko RV ya ammunition mein badli ityadi.
(f) Fire base Commander apne „O‟ gp ko hukam deta hai.
(g) Hukum dene ke baad troops RV mein jate hai Fire base Commander 2IC
aur baki troops ko brief karta hai. Fire base 2IC ko RV mein yeh batein batata
hai :-
(i) Troop Headquarter ki post.
(ii) Observation Post ki position – (Fire ko lambe range par ya overhead
fire ke dauran fire ko control karene ke liye).
(iii) Garion ki location.
(iv) Local protection.
(v) Ammunition.
(h) Night attack ke liye Fire Base Commander recce ke dauran fire control
chart banata hai.
(k) In action report Battalion Commander ko deta hai.
(l) Attack ke dauran Battalion Commander se milap rakhta hai. Tactical halat
ko madde nazar rakhte hue fire par control karta hai. Yeh bhi yakin karta hai ki
fire plan ke according fire diya jaye.
(m) Agar MMG section fire mein shamil ho to uske fire aur briefing ki puri
responsibility bhi Fire Base Commander ki hoti hai.

2IC ke Task

6. Warning Order mil chukane ke baad attack tak, Troops 2IC niche diye huye kaam
karta hai:-
(a) Troops ko prepare karta hai.
(b) Troops ko RV par bhejna.
(c) Movement ke dauran troops ki protection ka dhyan rakhta hai.
(d) Garion ko disperse karne aur air attack se bachaw karane ke liye
camoflage aur concealment karna.
(e) Larai ki halat ki puri information rakhna aur jarurat padne par fire base
Commander ki duties sambhalna.
(f) Agar Fire Base Commander chahe to attack ke dauran fire ko control
karane mein help kar sakata hai.

Detachment Commander ki duties.

7. Detachment Commander niche likhi karyawahi karata hai:-

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
212

(a) Diye hue task ke liye detachment taiyar karata hai.

(b) Small arms ko fire karke dekh leta hai aur signal eqpt ko check karta
hai.(Abhi kisi kism ka signal equipment authorise nahi hai). Iske liye school ki
taraf se suggestion diye gaye hain.
(c) Agar section ready hai to fire base Commander ke orders ke liye jane se
pehle fire base 2IC ko „OK‟ report deta hai.
(d) Fire base Commander ke orders ke liye jata hai.
(e) Diye hue area mein gun position select karta hai.
(f) Control post select karta hai.
(g) Agar fire vehicles configuration se diya ja raha ho to jeep ko age bulaya
jata hai. Nahin to gun ko thori dur ke liye manpack karke lana padega.
(h) „In Action Report‟ fire base Commander ko deta hai.
(i) Fire par control karta hai.

MMG Section Commander ki Karyawi

8. MMG Section company ka ek hissa hai. Lekin fire support ke dauran inse pura
faida uthane ke liye tamam MMG section ko agar koi aur special task na diya gaya
ho to Fire base Commander ke under kam karenge. Section commander niche diye
task pura karta hai:-
(a) Fire base Commander ki di hui RV par order lene jata hai.
(b) Diye hue area mein recce karta hai aur :-
(i) Do gun position select karta hai.
(ii) Control post select karta hai.
(iii) Fire ke area ki bant karta hai.
(c) Section ke andar kisi Numbers ki duty lagata hai ya khud targets ke range
lega. (Range taker abhi authroise nahi hai).
(d) In action report fire base Commander ko deta hai.
(e) Section commander fire control karta hai. Agar fire base commander
tactical lihaz se sahi samjhe to nazdik lagi hui fire base detachment ko fire
control ki responsibility deta hai.
(f) Platoon Commander se milap rakhta hai.

Reorganisation

9. Attack ke baad reorganisation ke dauran yeh jaruri hai ki dushman ke counter

attack ko rokne ke liye machine gun apne apne ilaqe mein pahunche. Yeh behtar
hoga ki assault Comkpany ka MMG Section uske sath rahe aur reorganisation mein
madad de. Objective capture hone ke bad yeh mumkin nahin hoga ki „F‟ echlon

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
213

garian objective tak ja sake is halat mein Company Commander ki responsibility hogi
gun aur ammunition ko le jana ki.

10. Ek baat yaad rakhni chahiye ki raat ke dauran MMG ko jaldi se jaldi
pahunchaya jaye. Fire base Commander ko chahiye ki attack ke order ke dauran
reorganisation ke bare mein niche likhi batein shamil karen :-
(a) Company ki location.
(b) Fixed line Company Commander bataye.
(c) MMG Section ko Company guide kahan milenge.
(d) Aage jane ka ishara.
(i) Garian kahan tak ja sakti hain.
(ii) Gari age jane ka route.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
214

Appendix ‘C’
[Refers to Para 6(9) of BH-4]
HUKAM MEIN SHAMIL KARNE WALI BATEIN

MMG SEC CDR

1. Zamini Nishan

2. Khabar
(a) Dushman.
(b) Apni.

3. Irada(Repeat)

4. Tariqa
(a) Section ki bant aur task.
(i) No 1 Section.
(aa) Location

(ab) Task

(ac) Ammunition

(ii) No 2, 3 aur 4 Section (No 1 Section ki tarah)

(b) MMG detachment ki bant aur task.
(i) No 1 Detachment
(aa) Location

(ab) Task

(ac) Ammunition

5. Co-ordinating Instructions
(a) RV.
(b) RV se gun position tak jane ka route.
(c) Garion ki location.
(d) H Hour.
(e) In action ka time.
(f) Alternative position.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
215

6. Reorganisation
(a) No 1 Section
(i) Company.
(ii) Task.
(iii) Ammunition.
(iv) Company ke sath milne ka signal/time.
(v) Objective tak move ka route aur tariqa.
(b) (No 1, 2, 3 aur 4 Section ke liye bhi isi tarah).

7. Bandobast
(a) Ammunition
(i) Ammunition replacement- attack ke dauran.
(ii) Ammunition replacement –reorg ke dauran.
(b) Food and water.
(c) Regimental Aid Post ki jagah aur casualty evacuation ka tariqa attack
aur reorganisation ke dauran.

8. Communication
(a) Fire base Commander ki location.
(b) Milap ka zaria.
(c) Success signal.

9. Ghari milao

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
216

BH –5

MACHINE GUNS DEFENCE MEIN

1. MMG ke high rate of fire se defence mein dushman ka attack todne mein bahut
madad milti hai. Agar attack ka khatra Infantry ya mechanised Infantry se hai to
battalion ka defence MMG par hi nirbhar karta hai. MMG ko dushman ki Infantry ke
aane wale raston ko cover karne ke lagaya jata hai. Defence mein MMG lagate time
inki advantages aur limitations ko dhyan mein rakhna chahiye. Defence mein MMG
ko kai task diye ja sakte hai.

2.Defence mein MMG ka Task

(a) Primary Task
(i) Battalion defended area ke frontage ko fire se cover karna.
(ii) Kisi exposed flank ka bachav karna.
(b) Secondary Task
(i) Inter Battalion gap ko cover karna.
(ii) Counter attack aur counter penetration mein support dena.
(iii) Counter attack mein fire support dena.
(iv) Covering troops aur screen ko support dena.
(v) Armed helicopters aur aircraft ke khilaf air defence lena.
(vi) Anti heli / air borne troops ko fire se support dena.

Defence mein Kaam Karne ki Tazwiz

3. Battalion Commander se warning order milne par Rifle Company Commander

warning order ko samjhta hai. Apna thora planning karta hai, jismen woh samay aur
recce ke plan par dhyan deta hai. Apna Warning Order deta hain.
4.Commanding Officer se preliminary order hasil karta hai. Orders milne ke baad
woh diye hue area mein company ke deployment aur MMG Section ya MMG
Detachment ke deployment ke bare mein sochta hai. MMG Detachment ki bant mein
Commanding Officer ke orders ke baad agar koi badli hai to unko „F‟ group ki RV
mein order pass kar diya jayega. Agar MMG ki bant mein koi tabdili hai to
Commanding Officer apne orders mein de denge. Company Commander aur MMG
platoon Commander ilaqe ka chakkar lagata hai aur MMG ke deployment ke area ko
dekhte hain. Is planning mein woh nimnlikhit batein dhyan mein rakhte hain:-

(a) Kya gun apna mila hua task pura kar sakti hai.
(b) Dushman ki infantry aur mechanised infantry ke aane ke raste kaun-kaun
se hain aur inko MMGs se kaise cover kiya jayega?
(c) MMGs mutual support mein hai ya nahin?
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
217

(d) Kya Company ki koi MMG defence ke aage jana hai ya nahin?
(e) Gunon ke liye alternative aur secondary position kahan honi chahiye.

5. Apni recce ke dauran Company Commander aur MMG Section Commander

nimnalikhit baton ka faisla karta hai:-
(a) Pratyek gun position aur control post.
(b) Section RV.
(c) Garion ki position (Battalion Commander ke orders ke mutabik hone
chahiye).
(d) Local protection.
(e) Orders dene ke liye vantage point.

6. Rifle Company Commander aur MMG Section Commander apne order taiyar
karta hai aur apne „O‟ group ko vantage point par order sunata hai. Hukum mein
shamil karne wali aam batein jo MMG ke liye lagu hain, Appendix „D‟ mein dekhen.

7. Company Commander aur MMG section commander ground par ja kar

nimnalikhit baaton ki tasalli karte hai:-
(a) Alarm posts.
(b) Gun positions.
(c) Control posts.
(d) Kam ki tartib.
(e) Camoflage aur concealment.
(f) Fixed line.
(g) Arc of fire.

8. Is section ke deployment ke baad, Section Commander nazdik wale location se

milap karta hai. Woh co-ordination ke dauran fixed line, SOS ka ishara, mines aur
obstacles ke bare mein decide karta hai. Isi dauran agar samay ho to woh gun
position ko dushman ki taraf se dekhta hai. Agar camoflage aur concealment ke bare
mein koi instruction deni ho to Detachment Commander ko deta hai.

9.Iske baad Company Commander, Battalion Commander se detail order leta hai
agar koi information Section Commander ko deni ho to deta hai. Woh Section
Commander ko niche likhi batein batata hai:-
(a) Apni troops ka frontage.
(b) Partyek fixed line.
(c) SOS ka signal aur milap.
(d) Khudai ki tazwiz.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
218

10.Rifle Company Commander ke Task

(a) Commanding Officer se warning order lene ke bad woh apna thora
planning karta hai aur apna warning order issue karta hai.
(b) Commanding Officer se shuru-shuru ke order hasil karta hai.
(c) Apni Company ke area ki recce karta hai. Recce ke dauran woh niche likhi
batein dhyan mein rakhta hai:-
(i) Kya present position se gun apna diya hua task pura kar sakti hai.
(ii) Dushman ke aane wale raste kaun-kaun se hain aur unhein kitni
MMG se cover kiya jaega.
(iii) Kya MMG mutual support mein hain.
(iv) Alternate and secondary position.
(v) MMG jinko anya task diye gaye hain eg Protective Patrol etc.
(vi) Anti Aircraft role mein kaun si gun hogi .
(d) Recce ke dauran wo ninmnlikhit karyawahi karta hai:-
(i) MMG position aur control post chunta hai.
(ii) Garion ke chhupne ki location (Commanding Officer ke orders ke
mutabik).
(iii) Vantage point.
(iv) Apni safety.
(v) Apne order likhata hai.
(vi) „O‟ group ke aa jane par vantage point se order deta hai.
(vii) Company ke area ka chakar lagata hai.
(viii) Neighbouring Company se milap karta hai.
(ix) Company ke in action report Battalion Commander ko deta hai.

11.MMG Section Commander ke Task

(a) Company Commander se Warning Order milne par section ko aane waale
task ke bare mein brief karta hai.
(b) Senior Detachment Commander sec ko taiyar ka order deta hai.
(c) Company Commander se order hasil karta hai .
(d) Company Commander ke dwara bataye hue area mein gun position
chunta hai aur split locking karta hai.
(e) Agar HMG ho to HMG position chunta hai.
(f) 'F' group ke aa jane par section ko brief karta hai.
(g) Gunon ko alarm post mein deploy karta hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
219

(h) Garion ko chhupata hai.

(j) Camoflage aur concealment karawata hai.
(k) Gun position aur Listening Post ki digging karwata hai.
(l) Sath wale section se milap karta hai.
(m) Agar time ijazat de to defence ke aage jaata hai aur dushman ki taraf se
gun position ka camoflage aur concealment check karta hai.
(n) Ammunition stocking karwata hai.
(o) Communication check karta hai.
(p) Junior Detachment Commander se target ka range leta hai.
(q) Stores ko check karta hai.
(r) Sentry register banata hai.
(s) Stand to drill check karta hai.
(t) Fixed line check karta hai.
(u) Range card aur fire control chart banata hai.
(v) Company Commander ko inaction report deta hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
220

Appendex-‘D
(Refer to para 6 of BH –5)

HUKUM MEIN SHAMIL KARNE WALI BATEIN

MMG SEC CDR

1. Zamini Nishan

2. Khabar
(a) Dushman.
(b) Apni.

3. Irada

4. Tariqa
(a) No 1 Gun
(i) Task
(ii) Gun position.
(iii) Left aur right Arc.
(iv) Fixed line.
(v) Alternative position.
(vi) Secondary task /Khas kaam.
(vii) Secondary gun position.
(viii) Secondary task / khas kaam ke liye.
(b) No 2 Gun (No 1 ki tarah)
(i) Section RV.
(ii) Control post.

5. Co–ordinating Hidayten
(a) Fixed line par rate of fire.
(b) Fire kholne ka signal ya order.
(c) SOS ka signal.
(d) Action mein ane ka time.
(e) Own protection.
(f) Garion ke bare mein instruction.
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
221

(g) Kaam ki tartib.

(h) Defence store ki bant.
(j) Camoflage aur concealment.
(k) Stand-to timing.
(l) Co-ordinating round.

6. Bandobast
(a) Amn
(i) Gun position.
(ii) Alternative/Secondary gun position.
(iii) Baki ammunition ki jagah.
(iv) Replacement.
(b) Food and water.
(c) Regimental Aid Post aur Casualty evacuation ka tariqa.

7. Communication
(a) Company Headquarter.
(b) Milap ka zaria.

8. Ghari Milao

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
222

RANGE TABLE
7.62MM L2 A2 AMMUNITION

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
223

RANGE TABLE FOR 7.62MM L2 A2 AMMUNITION

Range AP Lifts Line correction Number of Dimensions of Time Range

for required for 15 elevations horizontal of
50 KMPH wind when required beaton zone flight
mtrs makes with the
line of fire in
terms of a clock
ray is
3 or 2,4,8 1,5,7 Map Estimated Width Length
9 & 10 & 11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Mtrs Mils Mils Mils Mils Mils Mtr Mtr Secs Mtrs
500 5 0.8 2 1 1 1 1 1 110 0.77 500
550 5.8 0.8 2 2 1 1 1 1 105 0.88 550
600 6.6 0.9 2 2 1 1 1 1 100 0.99 600
650 7.5 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 95 1.11 650
700 8.5 1 3 2 1 1 3 1 90 1.23 700
750 9.5 1.1 3 3 1 1 3 2 85 1.36 750
800 10.6 1.2 3 3 2 1 3 2 85 1.5 800
850 11.8 1.3 3 3 2 1 3 2 80 1.64 850
900 13.1 1.4 4 3 2 1 3 2 80 1.79 900
950 14.5 1.5 4 4 2 1 3 2 75 1.94 950
1000 16 1.6 4 4 2 1 3 2 75 2.1 1000
1050 17.6 1.7 5 4 2 1 3 2 70 2.26 1050
1100 19.2 1.7 5 4 2 1 5 2 70 2.43 1100
1150 21 1.8 5 4 3 1 5 2 65 2.6 1150
1200 22.8 1.9 5 5 3 3 5 3 65 2.77 1200
1250 24.7 2 5 5 3 3 5 3 60 2.95 1250
1300 26.7 2 6 5 3 3 5 3 60 3.13 1300
1350 28.7 2.1 6 5 3 3 5 3 60 3.31 1350
1400 30.8 2.2 6 5 3 3 7 3 55 3.5 1400
1450 33 2.2 6 5 3 3 7 3 55 3.69 1450
1500 35.2 2.3 6 6 3 3 7 3 55 3.89 1500
1550 37.5 2.5 7 6 3 3 7 3 55 4.09 1550
1600 40 2.5 7 6 3 3 7 4 50 4.29 1600
1650 42.5 2.6 7 6 4 3 7 4 50 4.5 1650
1700 45.1 2.6 7 6 4 5 7 4 50 4.71 1700
1750 47.7 2.7 7 6 4 5 7 4 50 4.92 1750
1800 50.4 2.8 8 7 4 5 7 4 50 5.13 1800

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
224

SUBSTENSION TABLE
Rg Mils

Substended
100 Mtr
Mtrs 1 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

mils
Mtrs Mtrs Mtrs Mtrs Mtrs Mtrs Mtrs Mtrs Mtrs Mtrs Mtrs Mtrs

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (j) (k) (l) (m) (n) (o)
500 1 3 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 -
550 1 3 5 11 16 22 27 32 38 43 49 54 -
600 1 3 5 12 18 24 29 35 41 47 53 59 -
650 1 3 6 13 19 26 32 38 44 51 58 64 -
700 1 3 6 14 21 28 34 41 48 55 62 69 -
750 1 4 7 15 22 29 37 44 52 59 66 74 -
800 1 4 8 16 24 31 39 47 55 63 71 79 -
850 1 4 8 17 25 33 42 50 59 66 75 84 -
900 1 4 9 18 27 35 44 53 62 71 80 89 -
950 1 5 9 19 28 37 47 56 65 75 84 94 -
1000 1 5 10 20 29 39 49 59 69 79 89 98 101
1050 1 5 10 21 31 41 52 62 72 83 93 103 97
1100 1 5 11 22 32 43 54 65 76 87 97 108 92
1150 1 6 11 23 34 45 56 68 79 91 102 113 88
1200 1 6 12 24 35 47 59 71 83 94 106 118 85
1250 1 6 12 25 37 49 61 74 86 98 111 123 81
1300 1 6 13 26 38 51 64 77 89 102 115 128 78
1350 1 7 13 27 40 53 66 80 93 106 120 133 75
1400 1 7 14 27 41 55 69 83 96 110 124 138 73
1450 1 7 14 28 43 57 71 86 100 114 128 143 70
1500 1 7 15 29 44 59 74 88 103 118 133 148 68
1550 2 8 15 30 46 61 76 91 107 122 137 153 66
1600 2 8 16 31 47 63 79 94 110 126 142 158 64
1650 2 8 16 32 49 65 81 79 114 130 146 163 62
1700 2 8 17 33 50 66 84 100 117 134 151 167 60
1750 2 9 17 34 52 69 86 103 120 138 155 172 58
1800 2 9 18 35 53 71 88 106 124 142 159 177 57
1850 2 9 18 36 54 72 91 109 127 146 164 182 55
1900 2 9 19 37 56 75 94 112 131 150 168 187 54
1950 2 10 19 38 57 77 96 115 134 153 173 192 52
2000 2 10 20 39 59 79 98 118 138 157 177 197 51
2050 2 10 20 40 60 81 101 121 141 161 182 202 50
2100 2 10 21 41 62 83 103 123 144 165 186 207 49
2150 2 11 21 42 63 84 106 126 148 169 190 212 47
2200 2 11 22 43 65 86 108 129 151 173 195 216 46
2250 2 11 22 44 66 88 111 132 155 177 199 221 45
2300 2 11 23 45 68 90 113 135 158 181 204 226 44
2350 2 12 23 46 69 92 116 138 162 185 208 231 43
2400 2 12 24 47 71 94 118 141 165 189 213 236 42
2450 2 12 24 48 72 96 121 144 169 193 217 241 41
2500 2 12 25 49 73 98 123 147 172 197 221 246 41
2550 2 12 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 201 226 251 40
2600 2 13 26 51 76 102 128 153 179 205 230 256 39
2650 2 13 26 52 78 104 130 156 182 209 235 261 38
2700 2 13 27 53 79 106 133 159 186 212 239 266 38
2750 2 13 27 54 81 108 135 162 189 216 244 271 37
2800 3 14 28 55 82 110 138 165 193 220 248 276 36

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
225

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USING THE SUBTENSION TABLE

The Subtended angle is printed along the top of the table, the range on the left side,
and the distances, in meters which subtend the angles at the appropriate range in
the body of the table :-
(a) To determine the width, in meters of a target of known angular width at a
known range.
Example:- Range is 1,250 meters and angular width 127 mils against 1,250 meters.
100 mils is 123 meters
20 mils is 25 meters
5 mils is 6 meters
2 mils is 2 meters
Total = 156 meters
127 mils subtend - 156 meters
(b) To determine the angle of sight to an object of known height above the
guns and at a known range.
Example :- Range 1,450 meters and height of object above guns is 75 meters.
Against 1,450 meters: 75 meters = ? mils
71 meters = 50 mils
4 meters = 4 mils

Angle subtended is 54 mils

Subtention table ke sthaan par, formula : mils = meter/ range x 1000 ka bhi
istemal kiya jata sakta hai.

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
226

LEAD TABLE

Gari ki Raftar kmph

Range in 5 10 15 20 25 30
meter

Clicks

600 1 3 3 6 6 8

700 1 3 4 6 8 8

800 1 3 4 5 6 8

900 1 3 4 5 7 8

1000 2 3 5 6 8 9

1100 2 4 5 7 8 10

1200 2 4 5 7 8 10

1300 2 4 5 7 9 10

1400 3 4 6 8 9 11

1500 3 4 6 8 10 12

1600 2 4 6 8 9 12

1700 2 6 6 8 10 12

1800 4 4 6 8 11 12

'

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
227

CONVERSION TABLE DEGREE AND MINUTES TO MILS

Degree 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Mins Mils

0 0 18 36 53 71 89 107 124 142 160 5 1.5
10 178 196 214 231 249 267 285 302 320 338 10 3.00
20 356 374 392 409 427 445 463 480 498 516 15 4.5
30 533 551 569 586 604 622 640 657 675 693 20 6.00
40 711 729 747 764 782 800 818 835 853 871 25 7.5
50 889 907 925 924 960 978 996 1013 1031 1049 30 9.00
60 1067 1085 1103 1120 1138 1156 1174 1191 1209 1227 35 10.5
70 1244 1262 1280 1297 1315 1333 1351 1368 1386 1404 40 12.00
80 1422 1440 1458 1475 1493 1511 1529 1546 1564 1582 45 13.5
90 1660 1618 1636 1653 1671 1689 1707 1724 1742 1760 50 15.00
100 1778 1796 1814 1831 1849 1867 1885 1902 1920 1938 55 16.5
110 1956 1974 1992 2009 2027 2045 2063 2080 2098 2116 60 18.00
120 2133 2151 2169 2186 2204 2222 2240 2257 2275 2293
130 2311 2329 2347 2364 2348 2406 2418 2435 2453 2471
140 2489 2507 2525 2542 2560 2578 2596 2613 2631 2649
150 2667 2685 2703 2720 2738 2756 2774 2791 2809 2827
160 2844 2862 2880 2897 2915 2933 2951 2968 2986 3004
170 3022 3040 3058 3075 3093 3111 3179 3146 3146 3182
180 3200 3218 3236 3253 3271 3289 3307 3324 3342 3360
190 3378 3396 3414 3431 3449 3467 3485 3502 3520 3538
200 3556 3574 3592 3609 3627 3645 3663 3680 3698 3716
210 3733 3751 3769 3786 3804 3822 3840 3857 3875 3898
220 3911 3929 3947 3964 3982 4000 4018 4036 4053 4071
230 4089 4107 4125 4142 4160 4178 4196 4213 4231 4249
240 4267 4285 4303 4320 4338 4356 4374 4391 4409 4427
250 4444 4462 4486 4497 3915 4533 4552 4568 4586 4604
260 4622 4640 4658 4675 4693 4711 4729 4747 4864 4782
270 4800 4818 4886 4853 4871 4889 4907 4924 4942 4960
280 4978 4996 5014 5031 5049 5067 5058 5102 5120 5138
290 5156 5174 5152 5209 5227 5245 5263 5280 5398 5416
300 5333 5351 5369 5386 5404 5422 5440 5457 5475 5493
310 5511 5529 5547 5564 5582 5600 5618 5635 5653 5671
320 5689 5707 5725 5742 5760 5778 5796 5813 5831 5849
330 5867 5885 5903 5920 5938 5956 5974 5991 6009 6027
340 6044 6062 6080 6097 6615 6133 6151 6168 6186 6204
350 6222 6240 6258 6275 6293 6311 6331 6346 6346 6382
360 6400
1 Degree = 17.778 Mils 1 Minute = 0.2963 Mils
1 Mils = 3.375 Minute 1 Meter = 39.37 Inch

RESTRICTED